METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONOUSLY IMPACT MILLING OF MATERIAL

Abstract: The invention relates to a method for directly and multiply making material collide in an essentially deterministic manner, the material being guided, by a rotating guide member (8) from a central feed, along a guide face (10) and to a delivery end (19), in such a guide manner, that the material leaves the guide member, from an essentially predetermined take-off location, at an essentially predetermined take-off angle and at a take-off velocity which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity, with the instantaneous angle ( theta ) between the radial line (48) on which the delivery is situated and the radial line (49) on which is situated the location where the spiral stream and the path of the rotating impact member (14) intersect one another being synchronised in such a way that the impact takes place at an essentially predetermined location, at an essentially predetermined impact angle and at an impact velocity which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity, whereupon the material, when it comes off the impact face, collides with a collision face of a stationary impact member at a collision velocity which is at least as great as the impact velocity.

Description: METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONOUSLY IMPACT MILLING OF MATERIAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION 5 The invention relates to the field of making material, in particular granular or particulate material, collide, in particular with the object of breaking the grains or particles. However, the method of the invention is also suitable for other purposes for which materials have to be hit by grains or particles at great speed, such as treating, for example cubing or cleaning, 10 grains and particles and n-eating and even deforming in a targeted manner, by means of impact loading, an object along its surface. A particular application is that of testing material or an object for hardness, wear-resistance and performance under impact loading. Furthermore, the method of the invention may be used to generate a fast stream of material. In addition to granular material, it is also possible to employ a liquid in the process, for 15 example in the form of drops of liquid or a stream of liquid. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 20 According to a known technique, material can be broken by subjecting it to an impulse loading. An impulse loading of this kind is created by allowing the material to collide with a wall at high speed. It is also possible, in accordance with another option, to allow particles of the material to collide with each other. The impulse loading results in microcracks, which are formed at the location of irregularities in the material. These microcracks 25 continuously spread further under the influence of the impulse loading until, when the impulse loading is sufficiently great or is repeated sufficiently often and quickly, ultimately the material breaks completely and disintegrates into smaller parts. Depending on the specific material properties of the collision partners, in particular the mechanical properties, such as the elasticity, the brittleness and the toughness, and the strength, in particular the tensile 30 strength, on the one hand of the material which collides with an impact face of an impact member at great speed and on the other hand of the material which forms the said impact face, these materials become deformed or yield during the impact. In any case, the impact loading always results in deformation and wear to both collision partners. The impact face can be formed by a hard metal face or wall, but also by grains or a bed of its own material. 35 The latter case is an autogenous process, and the wear during the impact remains limited. The movement of the material is frequently generated under the influence of centrifugal forces. In this process, the material is flung away from a quickly rotating rotor, in order then to collide at high speed with an armoured ring which is positioned around the rotor and optionally rotates about a vertical shaft in the same or the opposite direction. If the aim is to break the material, it is a precondition that the armoured ring be composed of harder material than the impacting material; or is at least as hard as the impacting material. The impulse forces generated in the process are directly related to the velocity at which the material leaves the rotor and strikes against the armoured ring. In other words, the more quickly the rotor rotates in a specific arrangement, the better the breaking result will be. Furthermore, the angle at which the material strikes the armoured ring has an effect on the breaking probability. The same applies to the number of impacts which the material undergoes or has to deal with and how quickly in succession these impacts take place. This method is known from various patents and is employed in a large number of devices for breaking granular material or making it collide. Since about 1850, many hundreds of patents have been granted worldwide for this method. A distinction can be drawn here between single impact crushers, in which the material is loaded by a single impact, indirect multiple impact crushers, in which the material is accelerated again after the first impact and loaded by a second impact, which process can be repeated further, and direct multiple impact crushers, in which the material is loaded in immediate succession by two or more impacts. Direct multiple impact is preferred, since this considerably increases the breaking probability. A single impact crusher, intended for breaking granular material, was announced in the literature as early as 1870 (Ritter von Rittinger, Lehrbuche der Aufbereitungskunde, Figure 34), the crusher being equipped with a rotor on which are located relatively long guides, by means of which the material is accelerated and then flung outwards, at great speed, from the delivery end of the guides against a knurled, stationary armoured ring, which is disposed around the rotor, during which impact the material, if the velocity is sufficiently great, breaks. In the known device for breaking material by means of a single impact, the material to be broken is flung outwards, under the effect of the centrifugal forces, on rotation of the rotor. The velocity obtained by the material in the process is generated by guiding the material outwards along a guide, and is composed of a radial velocity component and a velocity component which is directed perpendicular to the radial component, in other words a transverse velocity component. The theory of the single impact crusher was described extensively as early as 1889 (M.E. Bordier: Broyeur Vapart; Revue de L'Exposition de 1889, septieme partie, Tome II, Les machines-outils. Travail des divers Matέriaux. Broyeurs, concasseurs, pulverisateurs, etc., p. 627-631, 1889). When viewed from a stationary position, the take-off angle of the material to be broken from the edge of the rotor blade is determined by the magnitudes of the radial and transverse velocity components which the material possesses at the moment when it comes off the delivery end of the guide. If the radial and transverse velocity components are equal, the take-off angle is 45°. Since in the known single impact crushers the transverse velocity component is generally greater than the radial velocity component, the take-off angle is normally less than this, and lies between 35° and 45°. Over the relatively short distance covered by the material to be broken in the known devices until it strikes the impact face, the force of gravity, the air resistance, any air movements and a self-rotating movement of the grains normally have no significant effect on the direction of movement for (mineral) grains with diameters of greater than 5 mm. For grains with a smaller diameter, or grains composed of lighter material, the effect of the air resistance, in particular, increases considerably. As a general rule, it can be stated that the effect of the air resistance increases for grains of smaller diameter, while the effect of the grain configuration on the air resistance increases for grains of larger diameter. The known atmospheric impact crashers can be used to process material to a diameter of 1 to 3 mm. For smaller diameters, the breaking process has to take place in a chamber in which a partial vacuum can be created. As long as the diameter is not too small, the material to be broken therefore moves, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, at a virtually constant velocity along a virtually straight line towards the location of the impact on the stationary armoured ring. The impact angle of the granular material against this armoured ring is defined by the take-off angle of the granular material from the delivery end of the guide and by the angle at which the impact face is disposed at the location of the impact. In the known single impact crusher, the impact faces are generally disposed in such a manner that the impact in the horizontal plane as far as possible takes place perpendicularly. The specific arrangement of the impact faces which is required for this purpose means that the armoured ring as a whole has a type of knurled shape. A device of this kind is known from US 5,248, 101. The stationary impact faces of the known devices for breaking material are frequently of straight design in the horizontal plane, but may also be curved, for example following an involute of circle. A device of this kind is known from US 2,844,331. This achieves the effect of the impacts all taking place at an impact angle which is as far as possible identical (perpendicular). US 3,474,974 has disclosed a device for single impact in which the stationary impact faces are directed obliquely downwards in the vertical plane, with the result that the material is guided downwards after impact. This results in the impact angle being more optimum, while the impact of subsequent grains is affected to a lesser extent by fragments from previous impacts, which is known as interference. The problem with the known single impact crusher described is that the comminution process takes place during one single impact which is directed as perpendicularly as possible. Examinations have shown that a perpendicular impact is not optimum for comminuting most materials by means of impact loading and that a greater breaking probability can be achieved, depending on the specific type of material, with an impact angle of approximately 75°, or at least between 70° and 85°. Furthermore, the breaking probability can be increased considerably further if the material for breaking is subjected to an impact loading not just once, but rather a number of times in quick succession, and at any rate at least twice. Furthermore, in the impact crusher described, the impact of the granular material is to some extent considerably disturbed by the projecting corners of the impact plates. This interference can be given as the length which is calculated by multiplying the diameter of the fragments of material for breaking by the number of projecting corners of the armoured ring, with respect to the total length or the periphery of the armoured ring. In the known single impact crushers, frequently more than half the grains are interfered with during impact. This interference increases considerably as the corners of the impact plates become rounded by wear; with the result that even the beneficial effect of directing the impact faces obliquely forwards and making them curved is quickly cancelled out. The single impact, the impact angle which is as far as possible perpendicular, and the disturbing influences resulting from interference and above all from the projecting corners are the cause of the fact that the breaking probability of the known device described for breaking material by a single impact is limited, while the quality of the broken product can exhibit considerable variations. To achieve a reasonable degree of comminution, it is frequently necessary to increase the impact velocity, which requires extra power and causes the wear to increase considerably, while an undesirably high content of extremely fine particles may result. DE 1,253,562 has disclosed a device for breaking grains by means of a single impact in which use is made of two rotor blades situated one above the other, which are both provided with guides and both rotate in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation. In this device, a first part of the material is accelerated onto the upper rotor blade and is flung outwards against a first armoured ring which is disposed around the upper rotor blade. The second part of the material is accelerated onto the second rotor blade, which is situated below the first rotor blade, and is flung against a second armoured ring, which is disposed around this rotor blade. The capacity is thus doubled, as it were. DE 1,814,751 has disclosed a device in which more than two systems are placed above one another. Various patents have disclosed methods for accelerating granular material onto a rotor, the attempt being to achieve the required velocity while consuming as little power as possible and above all to limit the wear as far as possible. US 3,955,767 has disclosed a device by means of which the material is accelerated by guide members which are provided with relatively long rotating radial guide faces. This process has the advantage that these grains are able to make good contact with the guide face and are flung outwards from the delivery end of the guide member at approximately the same velocity and at approximately the same take-off angle. However, the wear to these relatively long guides is extremely high; this is because this wear increases very progressively, to the third power of the radial distance, as the velocity increases. In addition to radially directed guides, devices are also known in which the guides are not disposed radially, but rather are curved forwards or backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation, and may even be of double-curved design. UK 309,854 has disclosed a device in which the guides are bent backwards and the curvature is integrated with the curvature of stationary impact faces. UK 1,434,420 has disclosed a device in which the guides are designed in the form of a so-called scoop. EP 0,191,696 has disclosed a device in which the guides are bent forwards, in such a manner that the material itself attaches to the guide face under the influence of centrifugal force, so that an autogenous guide face is formed. US 1,875,817 has disclosed a device in which rotating hammers are disposed along the outside of the rotor blade, by means of which hammers the material is flung against stationary impact plates. Symmetrical arrangements are also known, such as from US 1,499,455 and EP 0,562,194, which make it possible to allow the device to function rotating both forwards and backwards. UK 2,092,916 has disclosed a device in which the guide is designed in the form of a tube. It has been found that changing the form of the longitudinal direction of the guide face in general has a relatively limited effect on the wear and the power consumption, because it is, after all, necessary to achieve a certain velocity, at which the material to be broken is flung away and strikes the stationary impact member. US 4,787,564 has disclosed a guide member in which the guide face is perforated, so that the material is directed better and, at the same time, is guided outwards at various levels situated parallel and next to one another. WO 96/32195, in the name of the applicant, has disclosed a rotor-blade design in which the guides with the central feed are disposed at various levels, while the discharge ends lie more towards the outside and at the same level. This means that the number of guides on the rotor blade, and thus the capacity, can be doubled without the feed of the material to the central feed of the various guide members being impeded. US 5,184,784 has disclosed a method for accelerating granular material, in which guide shoes, in the form of projections, are disposed on the edge of a rotor blade, relatively far away from the axis of rotation. Thus the granular material, which is metered onto the centre of the rotor and, from there, spreads outwards over the rotor blade without hindrance, is taken up at a relatively great velocity, accelerated and flung outwards. This type of rotor, which exhibits less wear than a rotor which is equipped with longer, radially directed guides, which extend from the central part to the edge of the rotor blade, is in practice in widespread use in single impact crashers. The rotor blade of the known method, having the projections, does, however, exhibit the drawback that the acceleration takes place in a very uncontiOlled manner. Grains can be taken up at the comers on the inside or the outside of the projection or anywhere along the face, and from there can be loaded by means of an oblique or perpendicular impact and flung away; however, and this frequently occurs, they can also be accelerated by being guided along (a section of) the face of the projection, while combinations, in particular of an oblique impact followed by the partial guidance, are also possible. In these known methods, the grains are consequently flung outwards at extremely changeable and divergent velocities in various directions, while the wear to the guides is still in relative terms extremely high, in particular owing to impact friction and above all guide friction. Owing to the uncontrolled acceleration, the impacts of the various grains against the stationary, knurled armoured ring take place at very different velocities and at various angles. To achieve a reasonable level of comminution, the rotational speed of the rotor has to be adapted to the grains which have the lowest breaking probability, which strike against the armoured ring at the most unfavourable angle and at the lowest velocity. The rotational speed therefore has to be relatively high. The broken product thus exhibits a considerable spread in grain size distribution, frequently with a high content of undesirable, very fine constituents, while the power consumption and also the wear are still relatively high. US 3,174,698 has disclosed a single impact crasher in which round bars are mounted instead of projections. The metering face is formed by a relatively steep cone, the intention being to allow the material to strike the round bars at a high velocity, so that the grains can break even during this impact, after which the fragments are flung outwards against the stationary armoured ring. The symmetrical arrangement of the bars makes it possible to allow the rotor blade to rotate in both directions. It is important that the material should be metered as evenly as possible onto the metering face on the centre of the rotor. It is necessary to avoid metering the material at excessive velocity or from an excessive height. EP 0,740,961 has disclosed a device in which a metering chamber is disposed above the inlet of the rotor, from which metering chamber the material is metered onto the central part of the rotor blade in a uniform manner. Methods are also known in which the granular material is accelerated not in one step, as in the above-described discovered methods for single impact, but rather in two steps, by means of guidance. US 3,032,169 has disclosed a device for accelerating granular material, by means of which the grain particles are guided from the central part of the rotor blade with a relatively short preliminary guidance to longer guides disposed directly radially on the outside; the material is accelerated along these longer guides and then flung against a stationary, knurled armoured ring disposed around the rotor blade. The object of the invention is to guide the grains, with the aid of the short preliminary guides, in a more regular distribution to the longer guides, specifically in such a manner that the grains do not strike these longer guides, but rather are accelerated along them, as far as possible by means of guidance, in order then to be flung outwards from the delivery end. US 3,204,882 has disclosed a device for accelerating granular material, by means of which the granulai- material is guided, by means of a preliminary guide disposed tangentially directly along the central part of the rotor blade, to the guide face of a guide shoe, which guide face is directed more or less at 90° outwards and is disposed at the end of the first tangential preliminaiy guide. This design aims to prevent the granulai- material from striking the guide surface of the shoe structure with an impact, instead of which it is to be accelerated along the guide surface in a regular manner and as far as possible in a sliding movement, in order then to be flung outwards, past the delivery end of the guides, against a knurled armoured ring. It is stated that this method considerably reduces the wear and that the granules are accelerated more regularly. However, the wear to the guide face of the guide shoe is still high. Impact plates are additionally arranged behind the shoe structure, by means of which impact plates material or grain fragments which rebound after impact against this stationary armoured ring are collected and loaded again. These impact plates can also be designed as impact hammers and at the same time seive as a protective structure for the rotor. Instead of a metal guide face, the material on the rotor blade can also be accelerated along a bed of the same material, i.e. an autogenous guide face. For this puipose, the rotor blade has to be equipped with a structure in which this same material accumulates under the effect of centrifugal force and forms an autogenous guide bed, in which case the structure in question is a chamber vane structure. US 1,547,385 has disclosed a single impact crasher in which the material becomes attached to the rotor blade along sections of a circular wall, the material being accelerated and then flung outwards, primarily in a tangential direction, through openings in the cylinder wall, primarily with the tip velocity at that location. The amount of material which is guided outwards through the slot-like openings in the cylinder wall, that is to say the flow rate, is determined primarily by the radial velocity component which the material has at the moment at which it passes through the slot-like opening. On the baseplate of the cylindrical chamber, where the contact with the grains is limited, the material only develops a low radial velocity, with the result that the flow rate also remains limited; moreover, it is only affected to a limited extent by the angular velocity. A further problem with the known structure is that the material becomes attached to the cylindrical wall section between the slot-like openings, so that bridges can easily be formed, so that the flow of the granular material outwards is considerably impeded. The manner in which the grains are guided outwards through the openings in the cylinder wall is extremely chaotic, because essentially there is an absence of any form of guidance. Another problem is presented by the considerable wear which occurs along the walls of the slot-like opening. US 1 ,405,151 has disclosed a similar design, in which the openings (delivery end) in the cylinder walls are provided with guide projections, so that an autogenous guide face can be formed. This design is improved further in US 4,834,298, so that a tangentially directed, autogenous guide face can be formed in the cylinder. WO 96/20789 has disclosed a device in which the material on the centre of the rotor blade is taken up in a sleeve, from where it is flung outwards along the top edge, under the influence of centrifugal force. It is claimed that this considerably limits the wear. US 3,834,631 has disclosed a design in which the cylinder is arranged in tumbling fashion. JP 61-216744 has disclosed a symmetrical rotor- blade structure which has the form of a cone which widens downwards. The material is introduced from above onto a co-rotating distributor disc which is suspended in the top of the cone and, from there, is flung outwards, where the material becomes "attached" to the inside of the cone in vane structures which are arranged there. In these structures there is formed an autogenous guide bed which is, as it were, inverted and along which the material is accelerated and flung outwards along the bottom of the edge of the cone. US 3,174,697 has disclosed a device for accelerating granular material, in which the rotor is equipped with a guide, each in the form of two chamber vanes which are positioned in line with one another. Under the influence of centrifugal force, the granular material accumulates in these chamber vanes, resulting in the formation of a type of bent, tangentially directed, autogenous guide face, along which d e granular material is accelerated and flung outwards. US 3,162,386 has disclosed a similar device for accelerating granular material with guide arms which are directed radially outwards and along which guides more than one vane structure is fastened, each of which is disposed tangentially in such a manner that the granular material accumulates in these vanes under the influence of centrifugal force, with the result that the vanes as a whole form an autogenous bed of grains, along which the granular material is accelerated and flung outwards by stepwise guidance. This combination aims to prevent the material from rubbing too much against the rotor blades, due to the fact that the fillet-like top ends of the fillings in the chamber vanes as a whole foim an autogenous guide face, along which the material is accelerated and guided outwards. The number of chamber vanes is determined by the diameter of the rotor. At the same time, the wear to the guides, and in particular to the rotor, is limited. This is because the vanes are designed in such a manner that the granular material is prevented from rubbing along the bottom plates and top plates of the rotor housing, as a result of which wear to these plates is prevented. In a supplementary US Patent 3,346,203, a protective structure is also provided for the device of this invention, which structure is arranged in the form of pins along the edge of the rotor, between the upper and lower blades, thus preventing granular material which rebounds after it has struck the stationary armoured ring from damaging the rotor-blade structure. The known crasher brings about a certain degree of direct, multiple autogenous impact, albeit uncontiOlled. Since the "impact face" essentially functions as the subsequent guide face, this action is ineffective. EP 0,101,277 has disclosed a method for accelerating granular material and making it collide, using guides which are disposed virtually tangentially and, furthermore, are designed such that an autogenous guide face made of the same material is formed against these guides, under the influence of centrifugal force. The known structures, by means of which an autogenous guide face is formed, aim to limit wear. However, a relatively great amount of wear occurs at the delivery end of a guide of this kind. Moreover, the tangential arrangement of the guide is the cause of the fact that the radial velocity component is used only to a very limited extent for accelerating the material. The grains come off the delivery end with essentially only the tip velocity and scarcely any radial velocity. As a result, much of the added energy, approximately half, is lost. Furthermore, a large quantity of energy is lost because the grains in the rotor are guided towards the edge of the rotor in an essentially unnatural, forwards movement. Consequently, the known rotor structure has only a limited efficiency. A major problem with the known crushers is that because the grains do not develop any radial velocity along the guides, they do not have any outwards velocity, when seen from the viewpoint which moves together with the delivery end, when they come off the delivery end of the guide, and therefore they move directly backwards, seen in the direction of rotation, and cause intense wear along the outer edge of the delivery end (tip). Thus, moreover, considerable velocity is lost. Dozens of tip designs are known for the delivery end of rotors of this kind, which designs aim to limit the wear, and are known inter alia from US 5,131,601 and EP 0,187,252, EP 0,265,580 and EP 0,452,590, UK 2,214,107 and WO 95/10358, WO 95/10359 and WO 95/11086. However, none of the known tip designs functions satisfactorily, and they are unable to prevent the occurrence of intense wear at the delivery end. US 4,390,136 has disclosed a device in which the guide, which is of symmetrical design, is formed by vertical bars, which are disposed along the edge of the rotor blade in such a manner that a type of semi-autogenous guide face is produced. The material is flung from the rotor against an armoured ring disposed around the rotor, during which impact the material breaks. It is possible to combine the guide and impact structures in various ways: a steel guide face and a steel impact face, known as steel-on-steel, an autogenous guide face and a steel impact face, known as stone-on-steel, an autogenous guide face with an autogenous impact face, known as stone-on-stone, and a steel guide face with an autogenous impact face, known as steel-on-stone. The armoured ring is generally formed by separate elements, i.e. impact plates, which are disposed around the rotor blade with their impact face directed perpendicular to the straight path which the grains describe when they are flung outwards from the rotor blade. The wear to the impact plates is relatively high, since the grains continuously rub along them at high speed. US 4,090,673 has disclosed a typical stracture (steel-on-steel) in which the separate impact plates are provided with a special fastening structure, so that they can be exchanged quickly. JP 2-237653 has disclosed a device in which the impact faces are designed such that less hindrance is undergone as a result of the wear of the projecting corners. EP 0,135,287 has disclosed a design in which the impact plates comprise elongate, radial blocks which are disposed next to one another around the rotor blade. These blocks, as they become worn, can always be moved forwards, so that they have a longer service life. In this case, the impact face of the armoured ring is knurled centrally and is no longer directed perpendicular to the path which the grains describe. Overall, it has to be stated that in the known crushers the wear is relatively high in relation to the intensity of comminution. JP 06000402 and JP 06063432 have disclosed devices in which the impact plates are vertically adjustable, so that the wear can be spread more evenly along the impact face. JP 06091185 has disclosed a device which is symmetrical and in which it is possible to change the length of the guide members in the radial direction and to adjust the height of the impact faces. This document contains an extensive (theoretical) discussion of the movement of granular material along a radially disposed guide face. Instead of an armoured ring, against which the material is flung from the delivery end of the autogenous guide, a trough structure may be disposed around the edge of the rotor, in which trough an autogenous bed of the same material builds up, against which bed the granular material which is flung off the rotor blade then strikes (stone-on-stone). US 4,575,014 has disclosed a device with an autogenous rotor blade, from which the material is flung against an armoured ring (stone-on-steel) or a bed of the same material (stone-on- stone). JP 59-66360 has disclosed a device in which the material is flung from steel guides onto an the same bed (steel-on-stone). Comminution takes place in the bed of the same material by the grains colliding with one another and undergoing friction. As a result, the wear is limited further; however, the impact intensity, i.e. the impulse loading of the grains in the autogenous ring, is limited in the known method. Due to the fact that primarily the transverse velocity component (tip velocity) is active and the radial velocity component, although limited, is variably active, the grains are guided into the autogenous bed at extremely shallow but very diverse angles (from approximately 5° to 20°). Consequently, the impact against the autogenous bed of the same material takes place at a very oblique, and moreover variable impact angle, which as a result has limited effect. As a result, the grains are guided in a movement "running round" along the autogenous bed. When the grains collide with one another, the impacting grains are loaded against grains which continue to move along the said bed of the same material; i.e., as it were, from behind, which also has little effect. The level of comminution of the known method is therefore low, and the crasher is primarily employed for the after-treatment of granular material by means of rubbing the grains together, and in particular for "cubing" irregularly shaped grains. A further drawback is that if the material for breaking contains fine material, or a large number of small particles are formed during the autogenous treatment, the autogenous bed can easily become blocked, forming a so-called dead bed of fine particles. Material which strikes against and rubs along a dead bed of this kind is relatively ineffective. It is therefore in actual fact not possible to call this a comminution process, but rather a more or less intensive after-treatment process for material which has already been broken. JP 04300655 has disclosed a single impact crasher in which the autogenous ring is designed so that it can be emptied at the bottom, thus allowing the bed of the same material to be, as it were, exchanged regularly. As a result, a dead bed is less likely to form. US 4,844,364 has disclosed a single impact crusher in which the autogenous bed is formed in a structure in which it can move right round, thus aiming to make the autogenous action more intensive. JP 07275727 has disclosed a single impact crasher in which an armoured ring is disposed around part of the rotor and a bed of the same material is disposed around part of the rotor, so that the intensity of comminution differs considerably and a grain size distribution with a large dispersion can be achieved. EP 0,074,771 has disclosed a method for breaking material using autogenous guides and a stationary bed of the same material, in which part of the granular material is not accelerated but rather is guided around the outside of the rotor. Two streams of grains are thus formed, a horizontal first stream of grains, which is flung outwards onto the rotor from the guides, and a vertical second stream of grains which, as it were, forms a curtain of granular material around the guides. The material from the first accelerated horizontal stream of grains now collides with the material of the second, unaccelerated vertical stream of grains, whereupon the two collided streams of grains are taken up in an autogenous bed of the same material, so that this can be known as an inter-autogenous comminution process. This method, which aims to save energy and to reduce the wear, has a number of drawbacks. The loading takes place by the perpendicular collision between a grain moving quickly in the horizontal direction and a grain moving relatively slowly in the vertical direction. The effectiveness of a collision of this kind is essentially low; in the most favourable scenario, when grains of the same mass hit each other full on, at most half of the kinetic energy is transmitted, while only a limited fraction of the grains actually contact each other fully. Furthermore, the material which is accelerated with the guide is concentrated in separate first horizontal streams of grains, which are guided, from the guides, around the inside of a vertical curtain, or second stream of granular material. Consequently, the grains from the second stream of grains are not all loaded uniformly. In fact some of the grains from the second stream of grains are not even touched at all before being collected at the bottom in the bed of the same material. The specific, very oblique angle at which the grains from the first stream of grains leave the rotor blade is furthermore the reason for the intensity of the impact of the collided material from the first and second streams of grains against the autogenous bed of the same material being limited. The effectiveness of the known method is therefore limited. Here too, a dead autogenous bed is easily formed, as a result of which the autogenous action along the bed of the same material is limited. Moreover, the method is extremely susceptible to changes in the quantitative distribution of the material across the first and second streams of grains. US 3,044,720 has disclosed a device for indirect multiple impact, in which the material is flung, with the aid of a first rotor blade, against a first stationary armoured ring where, after impact, it is taken up and guided to a second rotor blade situated beneath the first, which rotates at the same angular velocity, in the same direction and about the same axis of rotation as the first rotor blade, on which second rotor blade the second part of the material is accelerated for the second time, frequently at greater velocities than during the impact against the first impact face, and flung against a second stationary armoured ring, which is disposed around this second rotor blade. US 3,160,354 has disclosed methods in which this process is repeated a number of times, or at least more than twice. US 1,911,193 has disclosed a device in which the impact plates on the rotor blade situated at a lower level are disposed ever further from the axis of rotation, so that the impact velocity increases. DE 38 21 360 (JP 0596194) has disclosed a method for indirect multiple impact, in which the material, after it has been accelerated for the first time on a first rotor blade and flung against an armoured ring, is taken up on a second rotor blade, situated below the first, from where it is flung against an autogenous bed of the same material. JP 08192065 has disclosed a similar device, in which the material is flung from both the first and the second rotor blades against a bed of the same material. This stracture aims, inter alia, to utilize as much as possible of the kinetic energy which the grain still possesses after the first impact. However, this kinetic energy is generally limited, since the material often loses virtually all its kinetic energy during the stationary impact and, as it were, kills this energy. In order to prevent the formation of a dead bed in the autogenous ring, air can be injected into the trough structure from below, so that relatively fine particles can be blown out of the material bed. Indirect multiple impact of this kind can achieve a high level of comminution. However, the wear and the power consumption are high, while it is frequently difficult, after the first impact, to guide the material uniformly to the next rotor blade, on which the material is accelerated again and undergoes a second impact. WO 94/29027, which is in the name of the applicant, has disclosed a device for direct multiple impact, the impacts taking place in an annular and slot-shaped space between two casings which are positioned one above the other and are in the form of truncated cones which widen downwards and which are both rotatable in the same direction and at the same an gular velocity as the rotor, around the same axis of rotation. Instead of cones, in the known method for direct multiple impact, the impact faces can also be composed of straight faces which are disposed in the centre before the delivery end of the guides and, in the horizontal plane, are directed peipendiculai- to the radius of the rotor. This angle which is directed peφendicularly in the horizontal plane may be altered by +10° and -10°, thus allowing the material which is to be broken to be guided downwards between the impact faces as far as possible peφendicularly in a zig-zag path of direct multiple impact, and making it possible to prevent the material to be broken from striking the side walls of the breaking chamber. In the rotating breaking chamber, primarily the radial velocity component is utilized; the residual energy, which is mostly transverse, is only utilized after the material is guided out of the rotating breaking chamber and strikes stationarily disposed impact faces. Instead of being stationary, the impact face may also be designed to rotate, about the same axis of rotation as the rotor blade. In this case, rotation can take place in the same direction and at the same angular velocity as these guides, but also oppositely thereto. UK 376,760 has disclosed a method for breaking granular material, by means of which a first and a second part of the granular material are flung outwards, with the aid of two guides which are situated directly above one another, are directed towards one another and rotate around the same axis of rotation but in opposite directions. As a result, the two streams of grains are oppositely directed, with the result that the grains hit each other at a relatively great velocity and are then taken up in a trough stracture which is disposed around the two rotor blades and in which the granular material builds up a bed of the same material. In order to allow the grains to hit each other correctly, it is necessary to concentrate the oppositely directed streams of grains as far as possible in one plane between the rotor blades. With guides, this can be achieved only to a limited extent, because the grains, when they come off the delivery end, under the influence of centrifugal force, immediately move outwards in a horizontal path. Therefore, only a limited fraction of the grains actually collide fully with one another. The specific arrangement of the guides, which is necessary in order as far as possible to move the streams of grains into one plane when they come off the delivery end of the guides is the reason for the wear to the guides being relatively great. JP 2-227147 has disclosed a similar structure in which the material is launched from a symmetrical autogenous structure. JP 2014753 has disclosed a device in which the material on a rotor, which is equipped with autogenous guides, is flung outwards against an autogenous bed of the same material, which is formed in a trough structure which rotates in the same direction as the rotor, but is driven separately. DE 31 16 159 has disclosed a device in which an autogenous ring is disposed around a sleeve structure in the centre of the rotor blade, which autogenous ring rotates in a direction opposite to that of the sleeve structure. JP 2-122841 has disclosed a device in which a rotor is disposed in the centre, which rotor is provided with first chamber vanes, in which material accumulates, forming a guide face, around which is disposed a rotor with similai-, second chamber vanes which rotate in the opposite direction and from which the material is flung into the autogenous bed disposed around it. The material is flung from the first chamber vane at great velocity against the material in the second chamber vane and, from there, into the stationary autogenous ring. A problem with the known crasher is the transfer from the first to the second chamber vane, which is impeded to a considerable extent by the edges of the chamber vanes. JP 2-122842 has disclosed a device in which a ring stracture is disposed around the outside of the rotor with chamber vanes, which rotor is disposed in the centre, which ring stracture rotates in the opposite direction and an autogenous bed accumulates therein. JP 2-122843 has disclosed a crusher, of which two rotors are disposed in the crusher chamber, which are provided with two rotors, which are positioned one above the other, rotate in opposite directions about the same shaft and are each provided with chamber vanes, the material being guided outwards into the autogenous ring in two oblique paths which are situated one above the other and in opposite directions, which process leads to an intense after-treatment. A disadvantage is that the jets do not immediately contact one another, but rather do so only after they have struck the autogenous bed. A significant problem with the known rotors operating in opposite directions is the complicated separate drive. SU 797761 has disclosed a device in which the material, after it has been accelerated on the rotor blade, is flung outwards against a stationary, knurled edge, from where it is taken up again by projections which are fastened along the edge of the rotor. However, this process, which is known as direct multiple impact, is disrupted by the material not rebounding "cleanly" when it strikes the points of the knurled edge and not being taken up by the projections. DE 39 26 203 has disclosed a rotor structure in which rebound plates are disposed behind the chamber vanes for taking up material which rebounds from the armoured ring, i.e. direct multiple impact. JP 06079189 has disclosed a similai-, but symmetrical design for indirect multiple impact, the rebound plates being fastened in a pivoting manner along the outer edge. US 2,898,053 has disclosed a direct multiple impact crasher in which the material, after it has struck a stationary armoured ring from the rotor blade, is taken up by impact plates which are suspended along the bottom of the rotor blade. DE 39 05 365 has disclosed a direct multiple impact crusher, by means of which the material is guided from the rotor blade between impact faces which are directed radially outwards, are positioned next to one another and are disposed around the rotor blade. The material executes a zig-zag movement between these impact plates. A problem with the known impact crasher is the disruption from the points of the impact plates. EP 0702 598, which is in the name of the applicant, has disclosed a direct multiple impact crusher, by means of which the material, after it is flung from the rotor blade, is taken up in a circular, gap-like space which is disposed around the rotor blade and in which the material is guided downwards in a zig-zag path. This crusher functions only if the distance between the edge of the rotor blade and the surrounding stationary impact face is made to be relatively great. PCT/NL96/00154 and PCT/NL96/00153, which are in the name of the applicant, have disclosed a method for direct multiple impact, in which the impact face is formed by a planar armoured ring which is disposed around the rotor and can be rotated in the same direction and at the same angular velocity as the rotor, around the same axis of rotation; furthermore, its impact face, which is directed inwards, has a conical shape which widens downwards. The material, which after the first impact still has a considerable residual velocity, is guided further to a stationaiy second impact plate or bed of the same material, where it undergoes the second impact. When seen from a co-rotating position, i.e. when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotor, primarily the radial velocity component is active at the moment that the grain comes off the delivery end of the guide. The transverse velocity component of the material to be broken is in fact at that moment equal to that of the delivery end. After the material to be broken comes off the delivery end, it bends off gradually, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotor, in a direction towards the rear, when seen from the direction of rotation, thus describing a spiral path. In the known method for direct multiple impact, the impact face is directed peipendiculai- to the radius of the rotor shaft and therefore has to be disposed at a relatively short radial distance from the delivery end of the guide, because, if this distance becomes too great, the angle at which the material to be broken strikes the horizontal face becomes too oblique, with the result that the impact intensity decreased considerably and the wear increases considerably. The short distance required is the cause of the impact velocity against the co-rotating impact face being defined primarily by the radial velocity component. In order to generate a reasonable radial velocity component, the guide on the rotor blade has to be made relatively long, or else the angular velocity has to be raised considerably, which in both cases leads to a high level of wear to the guide and extra power consumption. Since the transverse component does not contribute to the impact intensity, or does so only to a limited extent, a not insignificant part of the energy supplied to the material to be broken is not used profitably during this first impact. However, the unused energy to a large part remains after the first impact, and in the known method for multiple impact is utilized during one or more immediately following impacts against stationary impact faces. SU 1 ,248,655 has disclosed a device in which an impact means is situated outside the rotor, in line with the guide, the centre of the radial impact face of which impact means is directed peφendicular to the radius which joins this centre to the centre of the rotor, which impact face can be rotated at the same velocity as the rotor around the axis of rotation. The impact face is in this case disposed at a relatively short radial distance beyond the delivery end of the guide, since, if the radial impact face were to be disposed at a greater distance beyond the guide, the material to be broken would pass along the back of the impact face, when seen in the direction of rotation. The relatively short distance between the delivery end and the impact face has the consequence that the transverse velocity component scarcely contributes to the impact intensity, as a result of which, since the residual energy in this known method is not utilized further in the first impact, a large proportion, approximately half, of the energy supplied to the material to be broken is completely lost. FR 2,005,680 has disclosed a direct multiple impact crusher, in which the rotor is equipped with guides which in relative terms are very short and are disposed close to the axis of rotation. In this case, the material is not metered centrally onto the rotor blade, but rather directly above the guides, from where it is flung outwards, whereupon the material is taken up by a large number of short radial impact faces which are mounted along the edge of the rotor blade. A large number of short, radially directed, stationary impact faces are disposed directly around these guides, resulting in a sort of grinding track. The conveyance of the grains between these impact faces is given extra impetus with the aid of an air flow. A problem with the known device is that there is a considerable disturbing effect during the entry of the material at the location of the top edges of the short guides, with the result that the impact acceleration is extremely chaotic, and also that there is a considerable disturbing effect at the location of the points of the co-rotating impact faces. JP 54-104570 (US 4,373,679) has disclosed a direct multiple impact crusher, in which the material is metered into a thin-walled cylinder which is located on the central part of the rotor blade, from where the material is flung outwards through slot-like openings in the cylinder wall, under the effect of centrifugal force. Impact members are fastened along the edge of the rotor at some distance outside the cylinder. These impact members are preferably formed by pivoting hammers. The cylinder stracture with the slot-like opening is selected so as to minimize the length of the impact faces, so that the grains are not accelerated lo radially, but rather, with an impact, are guided outwards from the cylinder in an essentially tangential path only under the effect of the transverse velocity component (tip velocity). The aim of the method is to guide the material outwards always in an essentially tangential - i.e. essentially the same - direction, irrespective of the rotational speed of the rotor. It is stated that if the grains are guided outwards in a tangential path of this kind, the movement of the grains, even those with a relatively small diameter, is not affected by turbulence caused by the rotating hammers. Furthermore, the tangential path makes it possible to control the location where the grains strike the co-rotating hammers, by turning the cylinder with respect to the hammers. The known crusher has a number of drawbacks. The material which is metered onto the centre of the rotating rotor blade on the bottom of the cylinder describes, when seen from the slot-like opening in the cylinder wall, an outwardly directed spiral (Archimedes' spiral) path in a direction opposite to the direction of rotation of the rotor. In doing so, the material develops, with respect to the slot-like opening, only a low speed. It is therefore inevitable that part of the material will pass through the slot-like opening without coming into contact with the edge of the slot-like opening, i.e. will, as it were, roll outwards through the gaps. Some of the material comes into contact with the edge and in so doing is accelerated by means of an impact, in which case the material can be hit by the points or by the short impact face, or by the very short impact face. A significant problem with the crusher according to the invention is that since the material is unable to develop any radial velocity component, or can develop only a very limited radial velocity component, the flow rate of the said rotor blade, which is essentially a function of the radial velocity component, is limited. This was pointed out earlier in the discussion of cylindrical guide members of this kind. Furthermore, the feed of the material to the slotlike opening is disturbed to a considerable extent, due to the fact that, under the effect of centiifugal force, material becomes attached to the cylinder segments between the slotlike openings, with the result that bridges are formed in the cylindrical space. Only a limited amount of the grains will really hit the impact face of the hammers full on, with the impacts taking place spread along the impact face. Moreover, since there is no protective (tip) stracture provided, the edge will become worn very quickly and irregularly, with the result that the way in which the grains are guided outwards is disturbed further. In order nevertheless to subject all the grains to an impact, a second set of hammers is provided which are mounted along the edge of the rotor blade, in a plane directly below the first hammers. EP 0,562,163 has disclosed a symmetrical multiple impact crusher in which the rotor blade is equipped along the edge with hammers, the material being metered from above these hammers and being guided with an impact between stationaiy impact plates which are directed radially outwards. After striking these plates, the material falls downwards, where it is taken up by a second set of hammers, which rotate along the inside of a steel armoured ring, the opening between the hammers and the armoured ring forming a gap, so that a maximum grain dimension of the broken product is limited. US 4,145,009 has disclosed a rotor blade which is provided along the edge with hammers, the material being metered around the rotor blade, above the rotating hammers. An armoured ring is disposed around the outside of the hammers, the distance between the hammers and the armoured ring being adjustable, so that the maximum grain dimension of the broken product can be controlled. In principle, it is possible with direct multiple impact crushers to synchronize the movement of the impact members in such a manner that the grains are always hit full on by the respective impact faces. US 1,331,969 has disclosed a multiple synchronized impact crusher in which the moving impact plates are mounted on two rotors which are situated next to one another and rotate about horizontal shafts, the rotating movement of the rotors being mutually adapted so that the material is successively hit firstly full on by the first impact plate and immediately afterwards full on by the second impact plate. EP 0,583,515 has disclosed a device for direct multiple (double) impact, in which the material is comminuted by a first impact plate which rotates around a first axis of rotation and from which the material is guided in a direction towards a second impact face, which rotates about a second axis of rotation and the rotating movement of which is synchronized with that of the first impact face in such a manner that the material is hit full on twice immediately in succession. A problem with the known method is that the direction in which the material is guided from the first impact face inevitably exhibits a certain dispersal, with the result that this material is hit by the second rotor blade at "considerably" differing distances and thus at "considerably" differing tip velocities of the axis of rotation. It is claimed that impact against a stationaiy wall provides the lowest possible loading. Impact loading is also used for the production of extremely fine material with diame- ters of less than 100 μm and even 10 μm. Since the movement of fine material is affected to a considerable extent by the ail- resistance, the rotor therefore has to be disposed in a chamber in which there is a vacuum. To break fine material (powder) by impact loading to give an extremely fine product, the material has to be introduced at a very great velocity, which places high demands on the structure whose rotor blade has to rotate at a very high speed, while a high level of wear is found on the means by which the material is accelerated. US 4,138,067 has disclosed a single impact crasher in which the material is flung outwards with the aid of a rotor, which is provided with closed guide ducts, into a chamber in which there is a vacuum and in which a stationaiy armoured ring is disposed around the outside of the rotor. US 4,738,403 has disclosed a vacuum crusher which is equipped with a rotor blade with guides which are curved forwards in such a manner that, under the influence of centrifugal force, material of the same type becomes attached to them, as such forming a guide face made of the same material. The rotor is furthermore equipped with a special tip structure, which guides the material outwards in a manner which as far as possible is autogenous. US 4,697,743 has disclosed a direct multiple impact crusher with a rotor which is disposed in a crashing chamber in which a vacuum prevails. Arms, which at the ends are provided with impact plates, are attached to the rotor. The material is guided into the crushing chamber at a relatively high speed from above, at locations situated directly above the circular movement which these impact plates describe. This material is taken up by the rotating impact plate, where it is struck directly against a stationaiy armoured ring which is disposed in the stationary crushing chamber around the outside of the impact plate. A similar design is known from US 4,645,131. For very fine comminution, it may be necessary to cool the material considerably, so that it becomes more fragile and breaks more easily on impact. EP 0,750,944 has disclosed a device in which a rotor, which is cooled with the aid of a light gas, for example helium or hydrogen, is disposed in the crushing chamber, in which a vacuum, or at least subatmospheric pressure, prevails. A problem with the known vacuum crushers is primarily the wear to the rotor blade with which the material has to be brought to extremely high speeds. Collision can be used not only for crushing but also for sorting granular material for hardness, if the differing hardnesses of the separate grains are accompanied by a difference in elasticity, as is normally the case. Material with high elasticity rebounds at a greater velocity, and hence further, than material with a lower elasticity. The theory involved here is essentially sorting on the basis of the restitution behaviour of the grains. DE 872,685 has disclosed methods which employ this principle for sorting material, the granular material being flung from the rotor blade against a stationary wall. EP 0,455,023 has disclosed an indirect multiple impact crusher, the material being flung from the rotor blade against a forwardly (downwardly) directed armoured ring. Material with a low coefficient of restitution and broken fragments fall downwards after the impact, while material with a higher coefficient of restitution rebounds and is taken up on a second rotor blade which is disposed along the bottom edge of the first rotor blade, from where it is flung back against the armoured ring. Besides breaking, sorting and accelerating granular material, various methods are known in which materials or objects are processed by means of impact loading. Examples of these are the treatment of granular material with the aim of cleaning this material, for example by removing, during the impact, a layer of a different type of material, for example clay, which has become attached to the surface of the grains (moulding sand). It is also possible to separate soft materials selectively from the granular material by selecting the impact velocity in such a manner that the soft constituents are pulverized and the hard constituents are not affected. Conversely, an object may be treated using impact from granular material, optionally mixed with a liquid, or solely by the impact of a liquid. Known processes are sand-blasting and shot-peening. A design of this type is known from US 3,716,947. It is also possible to treat a surface of an object, and even, with the aid of impact loading, to apply a layer of a different type of material; it is even possible to use a method of this kind to prestress a material. With regard to the treatment, in addition to finishing a surface it is also possible to consider repairing weld seams and even repairing microcracks along the surface. Furthermore, an object can be shaped and deformed by means of impact loading. The article by W Earl Hanley, "Shot blasting your way to better finishes", Machine design, March 20, 1975, provides an oveiview of various methods for treating material using impact loading. Furthermore, impact loading can be used to test both a material and an object for hardness, wear and fracture behaviour. Various methods have been developed for this. Impact loading forms a major problem in the design and selection of materials for building aircraft and turbine blades of steam turbines and centiifugal pumps. In space travel too, much attention is paid to the effect of impact loading on the surface of spacecraft. Aircraft are exposed to impacts from drops of water, hail and dust particles. The same applies to the turbine blades of the motors. The blades of steam turbines are exposed to the impact of hot steam and drops which have condensed out of this steam. Pumps which are used, inter alia, on dredging vessels, are exposed to the impact from mixtures of water and grains or from dredge spoil. A number of methods have been developed for investigating the performance of construction materials of this kind under impact loading, in which methods the material is accelerated with the aid of a rotor, as described, inter alia, in Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 03.02, G 73-82 "Standard Practice for liquid impingement erosion testing". A synchronized testing method is known from US 3,985,015. Recently developed methods are known from the article by W. Hubner, W. Hauffe, Wear 188 (1995) 108-114 and by Yuan Zhong, Kiyoshi Minemura, Wear 199 (1996) 36-44. However, the possible applications for the test methods are generally limited, and the methods are often complicated. A significant problem in investigating the impact at high velocity of drops of water on a surface is the disintegration or dispersion of the drops of water when they are accelerated to high speed or are injected into a fast-moving stream of air. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The known methods for accelerating granular materials and then making them collide, with the aim of breaking or comminuting, working, cleaning, sorting, testing or influencing this material in some other way, have been found to have drawbacks. For example, the efficiency of the many known methods for comminution by means of single impact, indirect multiple impact and direct multiple impact, is rather low, primarily owing to the chaotic nature of the methods: much of the energy supplied to the material is converted into heat, which is at the expense of the energy available for breaking. An additional drawback is the rather considerable wear to which the comminution device with which this method is carried out is exposed. The process with which the material is accelerated proceeds in a rather uncontrolled manner. The grains leave the rotor blade at different take-off velocities and at varying take-off angles, with the result that the various grains from the stream of grains can strike the stationaiy armoured ring, which is disposed around the rotor blade, at varying velocities and at differing angles, while the knurled, stationaiy armoured ring in part interferes considerably with the comminution process, which, interference increases considerably as the projecting points of the armoured ring become worn. The stream described by the accelerated grains before they strike the said armoured ring is disrupted further by rebounding fragments (interference). Impact against an autogeneous bed of the same material limits the wear but requires a relative high amount of energy and has a relative limited crushing efficiency. All the above has the result that the comminution process cannot always be controlled equally well, so that not all parts are broken uniformly. The comminution product obtained as a result frequently has a relatively great grain size distribution and spread in grain configuration, and may contain a relatively great proportion of undesirable fine parts. Impact against an autogenous bed of the same material has only a limited comminution effectiveness. Methods for testing material with regard to the effect of impact loading have the drawback that these methods are not deterministic, or are deterministic only to a limited extent, thus limiting the possibilities for testing. Furthermore, it is veiy difficult, and often impossible, with the known test method to subject material to impact loads continuously and at varying velocities. The object of the invention is therefore to provide a method, as described above, which does not exhibit these drawbacks, or at least does so to a lesser extent. This object is achieved by means of an essentially deterministic method for making material collide with the aid of a rotating impact member, comprising the steps: - feeding the said material to the central feed of a guide member, which rotates about the axis of rotation (O) of the said rotating system; - guiding the said fed material from the said central feed, along the guide face, to the delivery end of the said guide member, which delivery end is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than (r 0 ) the said central feed, in such a manner that the said guided material comes off the said guide member with at least a radial velocity component (v r ) and is guided in an essentially deterministic straight path (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in an essentially deterministic spiral stream (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said collision means; - using the said moving collision means to hit the said material, which is moving in the said essentially deterministic spiral stream (S) and has not yet collided, at a hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member, and at a greater radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation than the location (W) at which the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member, the position of which hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the path (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said collision means intersect one another in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location (T) where the said paths intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said moving collision means. The collision means may be formed by a rotating impact member, which rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation as the guide member, which rotating impact member is provided with an impact face. The collision means may further be formed by an object or a part made of the same material. The material may be formed by a stream of granular material, a stream of liquid drops or a stream of liquid. The invention provides the possibility of using the collision means to hit a plurality of materials, optionally simultaneously. In the method according to the invention, the grains to be broken, as is usual, are metered onto a metering face, which is disposed on the centre of a rotor, and, under the effect of centrifugal forces, are accelerated with the aid of a rotating guide member and flung away outwards, i.e. "launched" in the direction of an impact member which, at a greater radial distance, rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation as the said guide member. The unit comprising rotating guide member and rotating impact member is here referred to as the rotating system. The said guide member is equipped with a central feed, a guide face and a delivery end. According to the method of the invention, each grain from the stream of material is launched in a predetermined fixed, controlled and unimpeded manner, i.e. in an essentially deterministic manner: i.e. from a predetermined take-off location (W), at a predetermined take-off angle ( ) and at a take-off velocity (v abs ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω). As a result, the stream which the grains then describe is also fixed. The movement executed by a grain in the process can, in effect simultaneously, be seen from both a stationaiy viewpoint and a viewpoint which moves together with the guide member or the rotating impact member. Although the movement which takes place in the same period of time is identical in both of these cases, the path described by the movement of the grain is extremely different when seen from the respective viewpoints. To understand the method of the invention, it is of essential import that the movement executed by the material between the guide member and the rotating impact member is simultaneously seen from both a stationary viewpoint and from a viewpoint which moves along therewith. - When seen from a stationary viewpoint, the grains, after they have been metered onto the rotor blade, move in a virtually straight, radially directed stream outwards, towards the outer edge of the metering face, where the stieam of material is taken up by the guide member and accelerated. When the stream of material comes off the delivery end of the guide member, this stream moves along a virtually straight path and the velocity of the movement is virtually constant. This velocity is equal to the take-off velocity (v abs ) with which the grains leave the guide member. The direction of the straight stream is determined - 25 - by the take-off angle (cc), the grains in the plane of the rotation moving outwards, when seen from the axis of rotation, and forwards, when seen in the direction of rotation. - When seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating impact member, the grains on the metering face describe an outwardly directed, short spiral stream, approximating to an Archimedes' spiral, and from the delivery end they describe a long spiral stream, which is directed more radially outwards than the short spiral, the relative velocity of the movement increasing, when seen from the rotating impact member, as the grain moves further away from the axis of rotation. At the moment at which the grain comes off the guide member, the relative velocity is lower than the take-off velocity (v abs ), but it quickly exceeds the latter, whereupon the relative velocity along the spiral stieam increases, and further on in the stream relative velocities can be reached which are a multiple of the take-off velocity (v abs ) . The direction of the movement of the spiral stream, as for the straight stream, is determined by the take-off angle (α), the grains in the plane of the rotation moving outwards, when seen from the axis of rotation, and backwards, i.e. in the opposite direction to the straight stream, when seen in the direction of rotation. After the take-off velocity (v abs ) has been exceeded, the grains cover a greater relative distance along the spiral stream than along the straight stream, the difference in length increasing as the grains move further away from the axis of rotation. The function of the guide member is thus to "launch" the grains in succession, in such a manner that they are flung away in a defined stream, the "short" natural spiral stream which the grains describe on the metering face being converted, with the aid of the guide member, into a "longer" spiral stream which the grains describe between the guide member and the rotating impact member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating impact member. According to the method of the invention, the accelerated granular material is not allowed to collide directly with a stationary or co-rotating armoured ring, armoured plate or bed of the same material which is disposed around the rotor, but rather the grains are first hit in their spiral stream, after leaving the guide member, by the impact face of a rotating impact member, which impact face is disposed virtually transversely in the spiral stream which the grains describe after leaving the guide member. The rotating impact member is situated at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation than the delivery end of the guide member, from where the grains are launched. Nevertheless, the impact member rotates in the same direction and at the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation as the guide member, which means that the absolute velocity in the peripheral direction of the said rotating impact member is greater than this corresponding velocity of the grains, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. The difference in the absolute velocity in the peripheral direction, i.e. the difference in absolute transverse velocities, between the grains and the rotating impact member roughly provides the impulse loading, under the effect of which the breaking process takes place. In addition, the grains still have a radially outwardly directed velocity component with respect to the rotating impact member, which radial velocity component is of essential importance to the accuracy with which the impacts of the grains against the collision face of the stationary impact member take place. It can be demonstrated that, in a rotating system, the path which a grain describes, from the moment at which the said grain comes off a guide face until the moment at which the said grain strikes an impact face of a rotating impact member, is not affected by the angular velocity (Ω), or the take-off velocity (v abs ), when the following conditions are satisfied: - the take-off angle ( ) of the said grain on leaving the said guide member is independent of the said angulai- velocity (Ω); - the take-off location (W) at which the said grain leaves the said guide member is likewise independent of the said angulai- velocity (Ω); - the said take-off velocity (v abs ) of the said grain after leaving the said guide member, with regard to a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member, is proportional to the angular velocity (Ω) of the said rotating impact member. If these conditions are satisfied, then the route covered by the said grain between the said guide member and the said rotating impact member is constant. Since the said distance is constant, and since the said distance is the product of the constant velocity (v abs ) and the time (t) elapsed, and the said velocity (v abs ) is proportional to the said angular velocity (Ω), the said elapsed time (t) is inversely proportional to the said angulai- velocity (Ω). Since the peripheral velocity (V ti ) of the said rotating impact member is also proportional to the said angular velocity (Ω), the route covered along the periphery, which the said rotating impact member describes, is not affected by the angulai- velocity (Ω) in the said elapsed time (t). This demonstrates that the route covered by both the said grain and the said rotating impact member is always constant in relation to the said angulai- velocity (Ω). This makes it possible to synchronize the movement executed by the rotating impact member with the movement executed by the grain, so that, irrespective of the angular velocity (Ω), the impact of the grain against the impact face of the rotating impact member takes place at a predeteimined synchronization location (T) and at a predetermined impact angle (β), the impact velocity (V tø ac[ ) being proportional to the angulai- velocity (Ω) and can thus be selected with the aid of the said angular velocity (Ω) without in so doing affecting the impact location (T) or the impact angle (β). It can be demonstrated that synchronization of this kind is even possible if at least two streams, which are directed at an imaginary impact face, are launched from a system which rotates at the angular velocity, at least one of the said streams acting as collision means for the other streams. For the sake of completeness, it should be noted that the friction between the grain and the guide face, which is given by the coefficient of friction (ω), is affected slightly, although minimally, by the angulai- velocity (Ω), and as such slightly affects the take-off angle (α) and the take-off velocity (v abs ). However, this effect is so minimal that it can be disregarded here. However the friction as such has to be taken into account. In order to satisfy the abovementioned conditions, the grains therefore have to leave the guide member, irrespective of the angular velocity (Ω), at the same location and at the same take-off angle ( ), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, the take-off velocity (v abs ) may only be affected by the angulai- velocity (Ω) and the movement of the grains along the stream may not be substantially affected by the air resistance and air movement; i.e. both the way in which the grains leave the guide member and the stream which the grains then describe must be essentially deterministic. In theory, the grains can be guided (launched) in a deterministic manner in a deterministic stream of this kind for any take-off velocity (v abs ) and at any take-off angle (oø between 0° and 90°: with an extremely short rotating impact face with a take-off angle (α) of approximately 0° in a straight tangential stream, and with a spiral (Archimedes' spiral) guide member with a take-off angle (α) of approximately 90° in a straight radial stream, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. However, in reality the possibilities are limited, and certain conditions have to be met with regard to the take-off velocity (v abs ) and the take-off angle (α), while the effect of air movements has to be limited as far as possible. - In order to bridge the relatively short distance between the guide member and the rotating impact member without the force of gravity and the air resistance significantly affecting the movement of the grains, a take-off velocity (v abs ) of 10 to 15 metres per second is normally sufficient for grains with diameters of greater than 3 to 5 mm. At lower velocities, the movement of the grain is increasingly affected by both the air resistance and the force of gravity, with the result that the spiral paths described by the grains start to shift in an uncontrolled manner. For smaller diameters, the influence of the air resistance increases considerably, essentially irrespective of the velocity, and in order for the process to proceed in an essentially deterministic manner it is necessaiy to create a vacuum in the chamber 2o between the guide member and the rotating impact member. - The effect of the air movements which are generated by the rotating guide member and the rotating impact member can be limited by setting in motion, at the same time as the grains, an air stream, which has virtually the same velocity as the grains, with the aid of the guide member along the spiral stream, so that, as it were, a cylindrical disc (flying dish) of air is formed between the guide member and the rotating impact member, this air rotating in virtually the same direction, at virtually the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation as the guide member and the rotating impact member. - In order to allow the separate grains from the stream of grains to come off the guide member from virtually the same location and at virtually the same take-off angle (cc), irrespective of the angulai- velocity (Ω), with only the take-off velocity (v abs ) being affected by the angular velocity (Ω), it is necessaiy for the grains to be taken up in a regular manner by the central feed of the guide member, making good contact with the guide face in the process, so that the grains are guided to the delivery end over a certain distance along the guide face, so that the radial and transverse velocity components of the individual grains from the stream of material, at the moment at which they reach the delivery end and come off the guide member, are virtually constant. To achieve this, the length of the guide face has to be selected such that the radial velocity component (v r ) at the location of the delivery end is at least 35% till 55 % of the transverse velocity component (v t ), i.e. so that the take- off angle (oc) is greater than or equal to 20°, and preferably 30°. A shorter guide face leads not only to a shorter take-off angle (oc), but is also the cause of the grains starting to come off the guide member at vaiying take-off velocities (v abs ) and at different take-off angles (oc), and in the process even the location where the grains come off can shift. The shorter the guide is chosen to be, such that the take-off angle (oc) becomes less than 30°, the more chaotic the process becomes. Thus, in order to realize the abovementioned conditions in practice, the said material has to be accelerated along the said guide face in such a manner that, when the said material is taken from the said delivery end in a straight stream, the said take-off velocity (v abs ) is at least 10 metres per second, and preferably at least 15 metres per second, and the take-off angle (oc) is at least 20°, and preferably at least 30°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. The maximum take-off angle (oc) is normally limited in practice to 45°, so that the feasible range in which the grains can be guided in an essentially deterministic stieam from the guide member to the rotating impact member irrespective of the angulai- velocity (Ω) lies between the take-off angles (oc) of 30° and 45°. This places certain requirements on the guide member. After the granules have been metered onto the rotating metering face close to the axis of rotation, they move outwards in a virtually radial direction, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, and outwards in a spiral stream, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the face, which spiral movement normally approximates to an Archimedes' spiral. The movement of the stream of material moving outwards, from the metering face, along the said spiral is interrupted by the guide member, which is normally arranged in the spiral at a distance from the axis of rotation. That part of the guide face of the guide member which intersects the stream of material is referred to as the central feed. This central feed forces the material stieam to move in a more radial direction, with the result that the movement is accelerated. The length (<? c ) from the start point to the end point of the central feed is thus determined by the shape of the spiral stream of material, and as such is a function of the angular velocity (Ω) at which the guide member is rotating, the radial velocity (v a ) of the material at the moment at which it touches the central feed and the number of guides (n ), which radial length (i c ) essentially satisfies the equation: Ω All notations used in the text are summerized at page 101. The length (i c ) of the central feed therefore increases at lower angular velocities (Ω) and greater initial radial velocities (v a ); the latter being a function primarily of the way in which the material is metered (height of drop) and the shape of the metering face. It is important that the length of the central feed, which, after all, is not completely effective for accelerating the material in the radial direction, is kept as short as possible. This is achieved by allowing the system to rotate at a sufficiently great angulai- velocity (Ω) and keeping the initial radial velocity (v a ) as low as possible, i.e. as far as possible limiting the height of drop from which the stieam of material is metered onto the metering face. Furthermore, the shape of the central feed can be selected in such a manner that the stream of material is taken up as well as possible by the guide member; this matter will be dealt with later in the text. In order to promote a good feed of the metered material to the central feed, it is furthermore preferred to provide the grains with a preliminaiy guidance, in the direction of a central inlet of the guide member, from the said rotating face with the aid of a preliminary guide member, which extends from a central inlet in a direction opposite to the direction of rotation of the rotating face towards a discharge end. It is preferred here for the guide face of the said preliminary guide member as far as possible to approximate to the natural spiral movement, i.e. Archimedes' spiral, which the said material describes at that location, or at least for the said central inlet and the said discharge end of the said preliminary guide member to lie on the natural movement spiral described by the material; i.e. for the radial distance from the discharge end of the preliminary guide member to the axis of rotation to be approximately 10 to 15% greater than the corresponding radial distance to the central inlet of the preliminary guide member. From the central feed, the material is taken up by the guide face and moves outwards along the latter, under the effect of centrifugal force, during which movement the material is accelerated. As has been stated, it is important that in the process the material makes good contact with the guide face. The guide face has to be at least sufficiently long for the grains to leave the guide member from a delivery end always at the same take-off location (W) and always at the same take-off angle (cc), irrespective of the angular velocity (Ω). A lower take-off velocity (v abs ) results in a higher impact velocity (V taι act ), but the take-off velicity (v abs ) has to be at least 10 m/sec. The function of the guide member is thus to guide the grains at as low a velocity as possible in an essentially deterministic spiral stream. The aim is to achieve direction, and not so much to achieve velocity. It is furthermore important that no more material is added to the guide members than the amount which the latter are able to deal with in an essentially deterministic manner; i.e. that the grains come off the guide member essentially in succession (virtually one by one) and that the impacts are not disrupted by interference. This so-called essentially deterministic capacity is determined by the grain diameter and, of course, by the angular velocity (Ω) and the length of the guide face. The deterministic capacity decreases considerably for smaller grain diameters. This is balanced by the fact that it is possible, in the case of smaller grain diameters, to design the rotor blade with more guides, so that the essentially deterministic capacity of the rotor blade as a whole is not affected excessively. Starting from a radially arranged guide face, the minimum length of the guide face which is required in order to make the grains come off the guide member in an essentially deterministic manner is, for a resistance-free state given by the relationship between the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the central feed and the corresponding radial distance to the delivery end, i.e. (r ι ), which ratio essentially satisfies the equation: ^=v^ tan 2 α ii To achieve a take-off angle (cc) of 30° the ratio = ~ 25%, and for 20° the ratio xj ι 1 = ~ 10% . In the event of a different coefficient of friction and in the event that the guide face is not arranged radially and is not straight, but rather is of curved design, the relationship between the said radial distances has to be adapted. In the event that the guide face is not arranged radially, or is curved, the relationship can also be calculated; however, this calculation is complicated, but essentially satisfies the equation: cos α 0 oc = arctan i -r. r 1 !, - sin o Hcnl -V 1 χ! 2 -r„ All notations used in the text are summerized at page 101. If the delivery end is positioned towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, a greater radial velocity component (v r ) is generated by comparison with a radial arrangement of the guide face, while the transverse velocity component (v ( ) decreases slightly, resulting in a greater take-off angle (oc) . This makes it possible, while retaining the prescribed take-off angle (oc), to make the radial distance from the delivery end to the axis of rotation shorter. Conversely, if the delivery end is positioned towards the front, the opposite is the case. It is therefore possible to achieve the prescribed take-off angle (oc) with a relatively short radial distance from the axis of rotation to the delivery end, making it possible to reduce the take-off velocity (v abs ). In the case of a radially arranged guide member, the central feed is directed virtually peφendicular to the short spiral stream which the material describes on the metering face. The movement of this stream, at the location of the central inlet, therefore has to form an angle of approximately 90°, which can lead to blockage, with the result that the flow rate from the guide member is limited. It is therefore preferred to curve the central feed and to position it with the entry in line with the short spiral stream, as a result of which the material is taken up and guided to the guide face in a better and more natural manner. Since there is only a limited take-off velocity (v abs ), of approximately 10 metres per second, the guide face can be designed with a straight face which is directed obliquely backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation. From the guide face, the stream of material is guided towards the delivery end, from where the material is guided in an essentially deterministic, long spiral stream. The said delivery end may be bent backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation, so that the grains are guided, as it were, in a natural manner from a location on the said delivery end in the intended, essentially deterministic spiral stream, in the direction of the rotating impact member. An essentially S-shaped "grain pump" of this kind makes it possible to convert the movement of the stream of material in as natural a manner as possible, and thus with minimum energy and wear, from a short spiral into an essentially deterministic long spiral. The grains advancing in an essentially deterministic spiral stream are now hit for the first time, specifically by the impact face of the rotating impact member, which impact is likewise essentially deterministic, specifically such that, irrespective of the angular velocity (Ω), the hitting takes place at a predetermined hit location (T), at a predetermined impact angle (β) and at an impact velocity (V to act ) which can be specified and can be controlled with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω). For this puipose, the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location at which the stream of the as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotating impact member intersect one another has to be selected in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided stream of material at the location at which the said stream and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the rotating impact member. A plurality of guide members with associated impact members can be disposed around the axis of rotation. Since the synchronously running steps of accelerating and striking the material foi essentially individual processes for each of the arrangements, these processes can be differentiated by changing the position of the guide member and/or the rotating impact member for each arrangement, in which case the principle of differentiation is referred to. A differentiated arrangement of this kind makes it possible for the separate breaking processes to take place simultaneously but at different collision velocities or impulse loading. As a result, a differentiated arrangement of the impact members leads to the production of materials of differing fineness, with the result that the grain size distribution of the broken product can be controlled to a considerable extent. This can be achieved by varying only the radial distances to the various locations where the grains leave the guide member amongst themselves or, and this is the preferred option, by arranging the rotating impact member at a different location, or at a different distance from the axis of rotation, in the spiral stieam described by the grains. Futhermore it is possible to vary the amount of material which is fed to the various guide members. The guide members as it were divide the rotor blade into feed segments. Normally, the guides are arranged at regular intervals and at the same radial distances from the axis of rotation. In this case, the feed segments are of equal sizes and the stream of material is distributed uniformly over the guide members. However, it is also possible to make the size of the feed segments different. This is known as the principle of segmentation. An irregular segmentation of this kind may, for example, be achieved by arranging the start points of the central feed ends of the guide members at different radial distances from the axis of rotation. The guide members which are disposed with the central feed closer to the axis of rotation now take up more material than the guide members whose central feed is further away from the axis of rotation. Such segmentation of the material makes it possible to regulate further the amounts of material which are broken into fine and coarse particles. Naturally, segmentation is also possible with the aid of the preliminary guide members. To obtain the desired result, i.e. the desired collision between grains and the rotating impact member, the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the material leaves the guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the material is hit by the impact face, with the aid of the rotating impact member, must essentially satisfy the equation: θ = where: f = All notations used in the text are summerized at page 101. It is necessary here to take into account the grain diameter. The further the grain diameter increases, the longer the grain makes contact with the guide face at the location of the delivery end, resulting in a greater transverse and, in particular, radial velocity compo- nent, and consequently a greater take-off angle (oc) and a greater take-off velocity (v abs ). The influence is in any case limited, but is the cause of a natural shift, which is per se deterministic, of the spiral stieam for larger and smaller grains. The radial distance to that location at which the material leaves the guide member is therefore calculated as the sum of the corresponding radial distance to the delivery end of the guide member, increased by half the diameter of the grains from the material. Since the angle (θ) has an unambiguous relationship with the radial distance (r) from the axis of rotation to the hit location (T), it is in fact possible to dispose the impact face at precisely the correct location, i.e. in a synchronized manner. In order to achieve an effective collision between particle and the impact face of the rotating impact member, it is preferred for the angle (θ) to be greater than 10°; preferably greater than 20° to 30°. The maximum angle (θ) is essentially limited only in practical terms, but may even be greater than 360°. It is possible to guide the material, after it has struck the first impact face and comes off the latter, in a second spiral path to a second, co-rotating impact face, and then allowing it to strike a stationary impact member. This method has the advantage that the material is accelerated by means of two impacts, with the result that, while the wear is distributed over the two impact faces, the material can be brought to a veiy high velocity. Furthermore, as explained above, directly successive impacts lead to a considerable increase in the probability of breaking. The collision velocity with which the particles can be loaded during the successive impacts can be controlled with the aid of the positioning, i.e. the radial distances to the axis of rotation, of the respective impact faces. This multiple impact- loading method is particularly advantageous for processing material which is composed of components which have veiy different hardnesses (brittlenesses) in order to release minerals from ores and in order to comminute material to a very great fineness. In the calculation, a resistance-free state is assumed. In reality, the movement of the grains is in actual fact subject to, inter alia, friction against components of the rotor and to the air resistance. The same applies to the force of gravity. In this calculation, a role is played by the grain diameter, the grain configuration and the self-rotation of the grains. These parameters have a certain influence on the stream, although without changing the nature of the movement significantly. However, this influence is generally limited for the limited distance between the guide member and the rotating impact member, which is covered at high speed by the grains, and thus in a veiy short period of time (normally 30- 60 ms), although the influence cannot be ignored altogether. Furthermore, we have to deal with the influence of air movements which are caused by the rotation of the system. These may be limited by forming a type of rotating (flying) dish of air in the space between the guide member and the rotating impact member, so that the air rotates together with the guide members and the impact members. Different grains from one stream of material can therefore describe different paths next to one another, owing to a natural, but essentially deterministic shift, with the result that the grains do not all hit precisely the same location on the rotating impact member. Although the effect is normally limited, it is necessary in practice, when positioning, dimensioning and selecting the rotating impact member, to take into account the fact that the impacts can to some extent spread over a certain region on the impact face because of natural effects. As we shall see later, this is in itself beneficial, since the wear is thus also spread along the impact face. As well as the hit location, it is also possible to specify the angle (β) at which the grains hit the impact face of the rotating impact member in a fairly accurate manner. At the location where the said as yet uncollided material hits the said impact face, the said impact face, together with the line which is directed peφendicular to the radial line on which is situated the location at which the said material leaves the said guide member, forms an impact angle (β'), when seen in the plane of the rotation and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member, which angle essentially satisfies the equation: β' = arctan - θ where: i -- cos ~ α - since φ = arctan < = Ωr All notations used in the text are summerized at page 101. With the aid of the angle (β 1 ), it is in fact possible to curve and arrange the impact face in such a manner that different grains from the stream of material all strike the impact face of the rotating impact member at an angle which is as far as possible identical, which impact angle (β) preferably lies between 75° and 85°. In order as far as possible to limit the wear to the said impact face of the said rotating impact member, it is necessary to prevent the said material from moving outwards along the said impact face after impact; i.e. to prevent the said impact face starting to function as a "guide acceleration member" in addition to as an "impact acceleration member". This leads, at the relatively great radial distance from the axis of rotation on which the said rotating impact member is disposed and the associated high peripheral speed at that location, to an extremely high level of wear along the outer edge of the said rotating impact member; which guide acceleration and guide wear do not contribute significantly to an improved progression of the comminution process. By directing the said impact face slightly (a few degrees) inwards, when seen in the plane of the rotation, at an angle (β"), with respect to the position directed perpendicular to the said spiral stream of the said material, and directing the said impact face slightly (a few degrees) downwards, in the plane directed peφendicular to the plane of the rotation, at an angle (β'"), the said material can be guided downwards, as far as possible peφendicularly along the impact face, after impact, provided it does not rebound, where it comes off along the edge of the said impact face of the rotating impact member: in which case there is no significant centiifugal acceleration, so that the wear on the guide remains limited to a minimum and interference is prevented, since the impact face is immediately free for the impact of the said following material. The calculated angle (β') in fact makes an arrangement of this kind possible. The precise velocity at which the grains hit the impact face of the rotating impact member, i.e. the actual impact velocity (V un act ), is a function of, on the one hand, the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the central feed end of the guide member, the corresponding radial distance to the location from which the grains leave the guide member and the location at which the grains hit the impact face and, on the other hand, the angular velocity (Ω) of the guide member and of the rotating impact member, and essentially satisfies the equation: v v ι.mpact = V v r 12 + ^ r 12 θ σ2 where: φ Ωr All notations used in the text are summerized at page 101. It is therefore possible, for a defined angular velocity (Ω), successively to select the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the centi'al feed end of the guide member, the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the as yet uncollided grains leave the guide member, and the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the as yet uncollided grains are hit for the first time by the rotating impact manner, such that the as yet uncollided grains are hit for the first time by the rotating impact member at a prescribed impact velocity (V im act ). It is also possible, for a guide member with a defined radial distance from the axis of rotation to the central feed end of the guide member, a defined radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the as yet uncollided grains leave the guide member, and a defined radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the as yet uncollided grains are hit for the first time by the rotating impact member, to select the angular velocity (Ω) such that the grains are hit for the first time by the rotating impact member at a prescribed impact velocity (V tap . As has been stated, the high level of determinism of the method of the invention for making material collide has the consequence that the impacts against the said impact face of the said rotating impact member can take place in a relatively concentrated manner. This may be the cause of problems. If the impacts against the impact face of the breaking member take place in an excessively concentrated manner, this may lead to a non-uniform wear pattern along this face, with the result that the breaking process can be disturbed significantly. However, as explained above, there is normally a natural, although limited, spread and shift of the deterministic spiral paths which the separate grains of the said material run through; for example due to the fact that grains with a large grain diameter make contact for a longer period with the guide member than grains with smaller diameters, and thus leave the delivery end at a slightly different take-off angle (α) and take-off velocity (v abs ). Furthermore, the air resistance, the air movements and even the force of gravity will to some extent affect the movement of the separate grains. In addition to the grain diameter, the shape of the grain, the grain configuration and the self-rotation of the grain also have an effect here. The fact that the spiral movement also exhibits a certain shift as a result of wear along the guide face and the impact face will be dealt with subsequently. Thus there is normally a natural, outwardly widening spiral bundle of paths, which is otherwise still essentially deterministic. However, it may also prove necessary to take measures to ensure that the impacts spread out to a greater extent across the impact face. An artificial shift of the location, i.e. the limited area where the said material from the said spiral stream hits the said impact face, may be of essential import; in particular when the natural spread is limited and when the grains become very pulverized during the first impact and the fragments are not removed from the location of the said impact quickly enough (this occurs in particular in the event of the impact of very tough material), with the result that the intensity of the following impacts is limited (damped), in which case interference is involved. A regular shift of this kind can be achieved by allowing the position of the delivery end of the guide member to move slightly, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating impact member. A relatively small movement of the delivery end, as stated above, quickly leads to a greater displacement further on in the spiral stream. The delivery end can be moved in a relatively simple manner by arranging the guide member pivotably along the edge of the rotating face, in such a manner that the delivery end, in the plane of the rotation, executes a slight reciprocating movement along the circumference which the delivery end describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating impact member; the invention provides for this possibility. On the other hand, it may happen that the spiral streams along which the grains are guided to the rotating impact member become somewhat excessively spread, with the result that some grains from the stream of material hit the impact face on the edge or fly right past it. The method of the invention therefore provides the option of a subsequent guide member which can be disposed, between the guide member and the rotating impact member, along a section of the intended spiral stieam; preferably along the outside, when seen from the axis of rotation. It is in any case possible actively to involve the subsequent guide member in providing subsequent guidance for the grains, by allowing the subsequent guide face of the subsequent guide member to intersect slightly the spiral stream of the grains. Owing to wear on the guide face, and in particular on the delivery end, of the guide member, the spiral stream between the guide member and the rotating impact member shifts gradually backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation, with the result that the location of the impact on the impact face of the rotating impact member also shifts. It is necessaiy to prevent the delivery end being able to become worn to such an extent that the impact face is no longer hit by all the grains from the stream of material. It is possible to adapt the wear along the guide member and on the rotating impact member, i.e. to integrate this wear, in such a manner that in the event of wear to the guide member the rotating impact member always lies in the spiral stream of the said material. This is known as the principle of integration, although this principle cannot be summarized by a formula; however, it can be simulated using a computer. Together with practical observations, this makes it possible to mutually adapt the design and the geometry of the guide member and the rotating impact member to the shift backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation, of the said spiral stream through which the said material runs between the said guide member and the said rotating impact member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member, which shift arises as a result of wear to the said guide face and in particular to the said delivery end, and specifically to adapt them such that, in the event of wear to the said guide member, the said impact face always lies in the said spiral stieam of the said material. As has been stated, the impact of a grain from the steam of material against the impact face of the rotating impact member can be impeded by other grains or fragments which are formed from these grains during the impact. This occurs in particular if grains are pulverized during the impact, in which case the very fine particles, in particular if they are moist, may adhere to the rotating impact face. As indicated earlier, this can be partially prevented by disposing the rotating impact face at an oblique angle, inwards and downwards, with respect to the impacting stream of material. The method of the invention furthermore provides the possibility of guiding a jet of air, in the vertical direction from the top downwards, at great speed against the rotating impact face, with the result that the impact face is continuously blown clean. The jet of air can be generated with the aid of the rotating movement of the rotating impact member, by disposing a partition or pipe, directed obliquely downwards, along the top of the edge of the rotating impact member. In contrast to the known method, in which the material is flung from the guide member directly against a stationary impact member, essentially no velocity remaining after the stationary impact, the said material leaves (rebounds from) the rotating impact member after the impact with a rebound or residual velocity (V residual ) which is at least as great as the peripheral velocity (tip velocity (V ( . )) of the rotating impact member, which velocity, depending on the coefficient of restitution, is frequently greater (5 - 15%) than the impact velocity (V^ act ). This residual velocity (V residual ) can be further utilized by allowing the material then to strike the collision face of a stationaiy impact member, which collision face is disposed in the straight stream which the material describes after it has struck the rotating impact member and come off the latter, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. The stationary impact member can be formed by at least one collision face. The stationary impact member can be made with a collision face of hard metal, which collision face is directed virtually transversely to the straight stream which the said material which has collided once describes when it comes off the said rotating impact member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. The stationary impact member can also be formed by a collision face, which is formed by a bed of the same material, which collision face is directed at the straight stream which the said material which has collided once describes when it comes off the said rotating impact member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. In this case, the stream of material is split by the first and second guide members into two part streams, which are launched at different locations and at different velocities. Depending on the radial distance and the angulai- distance of the "launching locations", the two part streams hit one another at a point in the chamber which is situated radially further outwards, thus resulting in a so-called "autogenous" breaking process, i.e. a breaking process in which the particles themselves each form the collision means (impact member) for the other. The invention provides the possibility of carrying along different materials with the separate part streams. An autogenous breaking process of this kind can furthermore be carried out by causing material to collide with an autogenous bed of corresponding material after the two porti- ons of the material have collided with one another, which autogenous bed is disposed around the outside of the rotor, at a radial distance which is greater than the radial distance at which the streams of grains strike one another. The collision face of the stationaiy impact member can be designed in such a manner that the separate grains impact at an angle which is as uniform as possible. For this puφose, the said collision face has to be curved and arranged in such a manner that the impacts, when seen from the plane of the rotation, take place as far as possible peφendicularly; and when seen from a plane peipendiculai- to the plane of the rotation, at an angle which is optimum for the loading of the material, normally lying between 75° and 85°, and preferably between 80° and 85°. This is possible both for a collision face made of hard metal and for a collision face which is formed by a bed of the same material. The fact that the said impacts take place regularly, immediately in succession and at an angle which is as optimum as possible leads to a very great loading intensity on the grains and a correspondingly high breaking probability, while the wear is limited as far as possible. A second impact against a collision face made of the same material allows a very intensitive autogenous (after)treatment of the said material which has collided once. Compared to known systems, in which the grains are introduced into the autogenous bed in the plane of the rotation, i.e. virtually horizontally, the method according to the invention has the advantage that the material can be guided from the said impact face which is also moving, at relatively great speed, into the said autogenous bed, obliquely from above, thus considerably enhancing the intensity of the autogenous treatment. Furthermore, it is possible to arrange the collision face in such a manner that an autogenous bed of the same material is built up, arranged virtually transversely in the straight stream of granules, thus enhancing the autogenous intensity still further. The collision face of the autogenous bed may thus be disposed in such a way that the grains are guided into the bed in a virtually horizontal direction or obliquely from below; this may, depending on the breaking behaviour of the material, be preferred. The method of the invention thus makes it possible to bring granular material from a predetermined location on the guide member, at a predetermined take-off angle (α > 30°) and at a relatively low take-off velocity (v abs ) (> 10 metres per second) into a deterministic spiral stream and then to allow the said material to strike at great speed against an impact face, disposed transversely further on in the spiral stream, of a rotating impact member, which rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai- velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation as the guide member. The impact face of the said rotating impact member can be positioned in such a manner that the impact takes place at a predetermined hit location (T), at a predetermined impact angle (β), at a predetermined impact velocity (V^ act ), which impact velocity (V Un ac( ) can be selected accurately, within very wide limits, with the aid of the rotational speed (Ω), without the location of impact and the angle at which the impact takes place being affected. This high residual velocity (V residua] ) which the grains still possess after they come off the rotating impact member, i.e. approximately half of the comminution energy, can be utilized further for a second impact of the material against a stationary collision face or a bed of the same material. In the method according to the invention, the material is thus accelerated in two steps, short guidance followed by impact while moving along, while the said material is simultaneously loaded in two, immediately successive steps, co-rotating impact immediately followed by stationaiy impact, the second impact taking place at an collision velocity (V residual ) which is at least as great as the velocity at which the first impact (V hn act ) takes place. Both the two acceleration steps and the two loading steps, which overlap one another, proceed in an essentially deterministic manner, with the result that as little energy as possible is lost, the wear remains limited and the loading intensity is very great and regular. The method of the invention thus leads to a veiy great, and essentially deterministic, collision intensity with a relatively low power consumption and a relatively low level of wear. However, the method according to the invention is not suitable solely for crushing material. According to another possibility, the collision means (impact member) may form an object which is deliberately exposed to a series of impacts from material, for example in order thus to treat the surface of the said object. Consideration may be given here, inter alia, to a treatment process which is similar to (sand) blasting. Other treatment processes relate to the application of a layer of material of a different type to the surface of an object, optionally with the aim of prestressing this object. It is also possible to treat the surface, for example by touching up weld seams or repairing microcracks along the surface. Also, the surface, or the object, can be shaped and even deformed. In order to treat an object in such a manner, the invention provides the possibility of allowing this object to perform a rotationally symmetrical movement and optionally of being vertically adjustable during the rotating movement. As has been stated, the invention also provides the possibility of using this method to set the comminuted stream of material in motion; this possibility may be used, for example, for sand-blasting. Furthermore, the method of the invention is eminently suitable for testing the impact hardness (brittleness) of materials, and also for testing the surface of an object under impact loading. Consideration may be given here to testing construction materials destined for aircraft and for turbine blades. Materials which can be used for this are granular material, a mixture of granular material and a liquid, i.e. a slurry, and a liquid. For this puφose, the stream of liquid must be brought to only a relatively low velocity, so that dispersion of the liquid is limited. As the liquid, consideration may be given to drops or a stream of liquid. Finally, the method of the invention provides the possibility for the collision of the material to take place in a chamber in which both the temperature and the pressure can be controlled, so that the process may take place at high and low temperatures and high and low (partial vacuum) pressures. The method of the invention makes possible a device for breaking granular material, comprising: - at least one rotor which can rotate about a central vertical axis of rotation (O); - at least one guide member, which is supported by the said rotor and is provided with a central feed, a guide face and a delivery end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stieam of material which, in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O), is metered onto the said rotor, which guide member extends in the direction of the external edge of the said rotor; - at least one impact member, which is associated with the said guide member and can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O), which rotatable impact member is equipped with an impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location (W) at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, the position of which impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said essentially deterministic stream (S) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material and the path (C) of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stream (S) and the said path (C) intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said impact face, which impact face is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stream (S) which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member. The method of the invention for making material collide in an essentially deteiministic manner offers a considerable number of interesting possibilities for practical applications. The discussed objectives, characteristics and advantages of the invention, as well as others, are explained, in order to provide better understanding, in the following detailed description of the invention in conjunction with the accompanying diagrammatic drawings. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 diagrammatically shows, in steps, the progress of the method of the invention. Figure 2 diagrammatically shows a top view with a diagrammatic curve of the movement of the material according to the method of the invention, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. Figure 3 diagrammatically shows a top view with a diagrammatic curve of the movement of the material according to the method of the invention, when seen from a moving viewpoint. Figure 4 diagrammatically shows the transition from the short spiral to the long spiral for increasing length of the guide member. Figure 5 diagrammatically shows a top view with a diagrammatic curve of the movement of the material according to the method of the invention, when seen from a stationary and a moving viewpoint. Figure 6 diagrammatically shows the synchronization of the stream of material and the path which the rotating impact member describes. Figure 7 and Figure 8 diagrammatically show a first possibility of how, according to the method of the invention, material is made to collide in a rotating system. Figure 9 diagrammatically shows how the broken fragments, which are formed when a grain breaks during the impact against a rotating impact member (14), behave. Figure 10 shows a separating plate for classifying and sorting material. Figure 11 diagrammatically shows a first possibility according to the method of the invention equipped with a separating member. Figure 12 and Figure 13 diagrammatically show a second possibility according to the method of the invention for making material collide. Figure 14 diagrammatically shows a third possibility according to the method of the invention for making material collide. Figure 15 and Figure 16 diagrammatically show a fourth possibility according to the method of the invention for making material collide. Figure 17 and Figure 18 diagrammatically show a fifth possibility according to the method of the invention for making material collide. Figure 19 diagrammatically shows a sixth possibility according to the method of the invention for making material collide. Figure 20 diagrammatically shows a straight guide member with central feed, guide face and delivery end. Figure 21 diagrammatically shows a bent guide member with central feed, guide face and delivery end. Figure 22 diagrammatically shows the spiral movement which the material describes on the rotor and the transition of this spiral movement to a radial movement. Figure 23 diagrammatically shows the way in which the material from the rotor is taken up by the central feed. Figure 24 diagrammatically shows a movement along an Archimedes' spiral. Figure 25 diagrammatically shows a method of calculating the length of the central feed. Figure 26 diagrammatically shows the spiral stream which the material describes on the rotor at a relatively low angular velocity. Figure 27 diagrammatically shows the spiral stream which the material describes on the rotor at a relatively high angulai- velocity. Figure 28 diagrammatically shows a metering means, with which the height of drop of the material onto the rotor can be limited. Figure 29 diagrammatically shows the effect of the length of the guide member on the way in which the stream of material comes off the guide member. Figure 30 diagrammatically shows the theoretical relationship between the radial length to the central feed and the deliveiy end of the guide member as a function of the take-off angle for a radially disposed guide face. Figure 31 diagrammatically shows the theoretical relationship between the radial length to the centi'al feed and the deliveiy end of the guide member as a function of the take-off angle for a bent guide face. Figure 32 diagrammatically shows the graph of the relationship between the radial length to the central feed and the delivery end of the guide member as a function of the take-off angle for a radially disposed and bent guide face. Figure 33 diagrammatically shows the effect of the friction on the spiral movement described by the material after it comes off the guide member. Figure 34 diagrarnmatically shows the spiral movement and the movement along straight guide faces which are disposed radially and non-radially. Figure 35 diagrammatically shows a grain at the instant at which it comes off the delivery end, for a guide face which runs straight towards the rear. Figure 36 diagrammatically shows a grain at the instant at which it comes off the deliveiy end, for a radially disposed guide face. Figure 37 diagrammatically shows a grain at the instant at which it comes off the deliveiy end, for a guide face which runs straight forwards. Figure 38 diagrammatically shows a rotor with S-shaped guide members. Figure 39 diagrammatically shows an S-shaped guide member. Figure 40 diagrammatically shows an S-shaped guide member. Figure 41 diagrammatically shows how the centi'al feed, the guide face and the delivery end can be designed such that they are combined. Figure 42 shows a cential feed which is disposed separately from the guide face. Figure 43 diagrammatically shows a rotor which is equipped with preliminary guide members. Figure 44 diagrammatically shows the velocities of the movement which the stream of material develops when it comes off the guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. Figure 45 diagrammatically shows the velocities of the movement which the stream of material develops when it comes off the guide member, when seen from a viewpoint moving along. Figure 46 diagrammatically shows the method of calculating the instantaneous angle (θ). Figure 47 diagrammatically shows the movement of the grain when it is moved into a second, spiral path. Figure 48 diagrammatically shows the velocities which the stream of material develops after it comes off the guide member, along the spiral path. Figure 49 diagrammatically shows the method of calculating the velocity (V ta act ) at which the material hits the rotating impact member. Figure 50 diagrammatically shows the relative velocities which the stream of material develops along the spiral stieam. Figure 51 diagrammatically shows the method of calculating the angle (β') at which the stream of material strikes the rotating impact member. Figure 52 diagrammatically shows the behaviour of the stream of material after it has struck the rotating impact member. Figure 53 diagrammatically shows the angle (β") at which the impact face of the rotating impact member can be arranged in the vertical plane. Figure 54 diagrammatically shows the angle (β"') at which the impact face of the rotating impact member can be arranged in the horizontal plane. Figure 55 diagrammatically shows a top view of an air-guidance member. Figure 56 diagrammatically shows a side view of an air-guidance member. Figure 57 diagrammatically shows a front view of an air-guidance member. Figure 58 diagrammatically shows the effect of the grain dimension on the spiral movement which the material describes when it comes off the guide member. Figure 59 diagrammatically shows a self-rotating grain. Figure 60 diagrammatically shows rolling friction of a grain along the guide face. Figure 61 diagrammatically shows sliding friction of a grain along the guide face. Figure 62 diagrammatically shows the effect of the shape of the grain on the sliding friction along the guide face. Figure 63 diagrammatically shows the effect of the shape of the grain on the sliding friction along the guide face. Figure 64 diagrammatically shows the spiral bundle of paths which the stream of material describes after it comes off the guide member. Figure 65 diagrammatically shows the radius by which the impact face can be curved. Figure 66 diagrammatically shows an impact face which is composed of a plurality of materials. Figure 67a diagrammatically shows an impact face with cavities. Figure 67b diagrammatically shows an impact face with grooves. Figure 68 diagrammatically shows an impact member which is disposed in a frame structure. Figure 69 diagrammatically shows a guide member which widens towards the outside. Figure 70 diagrammatically shows the wear along the guide member in accordance with Figure 69. Figure 71 diagrammatically shows the spiral path which the material describes between the guide member and the impact member. Figure 72 diagrammatically shows the shift of the spiral path which the material describes between the guide member and the impact member. Figure 73 diagrammatically shows a delivery end, the top end of which is directed obliquely backwards in the direction of rotation. Figure 74 diagrammatically shows the shift of the spiral path as a result of wear in accordance with Figure 73. Figure 75 diagrammatically shows the shift of the spiral path as the top end becomes progressively shorter. Figure 76 diagrammatically shows a top view of a rotor which is equipped with hinged guide members. Figure 77 diagrammatically shows a hinged guide member. Figure 78 diagrammatically shows a top view of a rotor which is equipped with single subsequent guide members. Figure 79 diagrammatically shows a top view of a rotor which is equipped with double subsequent guide members. Figure 80 diagrammatically shows the wear along the guide face. Figure 81 diagrammatically illustrates the wear pattern of a guide face which is of layered design. Figure 82 diagrammatically shows a guide face with obliquely disposed layers. Figure 83 diagrammatically shows a rotor in which the layered guide members are disposed at an oblique angle. Figures 84a to c diagrammatically show the principle of integration. - 48 - Figure 85 diagrammatically shows an impact block with its axis in line with the spiral. Figure 86 shows an impact block for which the axis has been corrected for the shift of the spiral path. Figure 87 shows an integrated guide and impact member. Figure 88 shows an integrated guide and impact member with a layered design. Figure 89 shows a first rotationally symmetrical impact member. Figure 90 shows a longitudinal section through the impact member of Figure 89. Figure 91 shows a side view of the impact member of Figure 89. Figure 92 shows a second rotationally symmetrical impact member. Figure 93 shows a third rotationally symmetrical impact member. Figure 94 diagrammatically shows the movement of the material during the impact. Figure 95 diagrammatically shows a model for the calculation of the rebound behaviour of grains after they have struck the impact face of the rotating impact member. Figure 96 diagrammatically shows a perspective view of part of the system. Figure 97 diagrammatically shows a top view with a diagrammatic movement curve of the grains after they come off the rotating impact member. Figure 98 diagrammatically shows a section on A-A of Figure 97. Figure 99 diagrammatically shows a second top view with a diagrammatic movement curve of the grains after they come off the rotating impact member. Figure 100 diagrammatically shows the parameters for designing a device according to the method of the invention. Figure 101 diagrammatically shows a top view of the movements which the stream of material executes on a rotor with uniformly arranged rotating impact members. Figure 102 diagrammatically shows a top view of the movements which the stream of material executes on a rotor with rotating impact members arranged in a differentiated manner. Figure 103 diagrammatically shows the effect of the impact velocity on the grain size distribution of a broken product from a rotor with uniformly arranged rotating impact members. Figure 104 diagrammatically shows the effect of the impact velocity on the grain size distribution of a broken product from a rotor with rotating impact members arranged in a differentiated manner. Figure 105 diagrammatically shows the movement of the material along guide members which are arranged with the cential feed at identical radial distances from the axis of rotation. Figure 106 diagrammatically shows the movement of the material along guide members which are arranged with the central feed at non-identical radial distances from the axis of rotation. Figure 107 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on JJ-LI of a first embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 108. Figure 108 diagrammatically shows a longtitudinal section on I-I of a first embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 107. Figure 109 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on IV-IV of a second embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 110. Figure 110 diagrammatically shows a longtitudinal section on LII-III of a second embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 109. Figure 111 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on VI- VI of a third embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way,and at the same time treating the grain shape of the broken product, in accordance with Figure 112. Figure 112 diagrammatically shows a longtitudinal section on V-V of a third embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way,and at the same time treating the grain shape of the broken product, in accordance with Figure 111. Figure 113 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on VIII- VIII of a fourth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 114. Figure 114 diagrammatically shows a longtitudinal section on VII- VII of a fourth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 113. Figure 115 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on X-X of a fifth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 116. Figure 116 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on IX-IX of a fifth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular - 5U - material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 115. Figure 117 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XII- XJJ of a sixth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 118. Figure 118 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section XI-XI of a sixth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 117. Figure 119 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XIV- XIV of a seventh embodiment according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 120. Figure 120 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XIII- XIII of a seventh embodiment, in accordance with the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 119. Figure 121 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XVI-XVI of an eighth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 122. Figure 122 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XV-XV of an eighth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, of Figure 121. Figure 123 diagrammatically shows the movement of the streams of material in a ninth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the collision means being formed by a part of the same material. Figure 124 diagrammatically shows the said ninth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the collision means being formed by a part of the same material. Figure 125 diagrammatically shows a tenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the ninth embodiment. Figure 126 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XVIII-XVIII of an eleventh embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 127. Figure 127 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XVII-XVII of an eleventh embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 126. Figure 128 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XX-XX of a twelfth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 129. Figure 129 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XIX- XIX of a twelfth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 128. Figure 130 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XXII-XXTI of a thirteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 131. Figure 131 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXI-XXI of a thirteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 130. Figure 132 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XXIV- XXIV of a fourteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 133. Figure 133 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXIII-XXIII of a fourteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 132. Figure 134 diagrammatically shows a fifteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way. Figure 135 diagrammatically shows a top view on XXVI- XXVI of a sixteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 136. Figure 136 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXV-XXV of a sixteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 135. Figure 137 diagrammatically shows a top view on XXVIII-XXVIII of a seventeenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 138. Figure 138 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXVII-XXVII of a seventeenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 137. Figure 139 diagrammatically shows a top view on XXX- XXX of an eighteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 140. Figure 140 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXIX- XXIX of an eighteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 139. Figure 141 diagrammatically shows a top view on XXXII-XXXII of a nineteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 142. Figure 142 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXXI- XXXI of a nineteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 141. Figure 143 diagrammatically shows a top view on XXXIV- XXXIV of a twentieth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 144. Figure 144 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXXIII- XXXIII of a twentieth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 143. Figure 145 diagrammatically shows a cross-section on XXXVI-XXXVI of a twenty- first embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being equipped with two rotor blades, in accordance with Figure 146. Figure 146 diagrammatically shows a longitudinal section on XXXV- XXXV of a twenty-first embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, in accordance with Figure 145. Figure 147 diagrammatically shows a first arrangement of a rotating system in a crusher housing. Figure 148 diagrammatically shows a second arrangement of a rotating system in a crusher housing. DETAILLED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION All the symbols used in the text are summarized on page 101. Figure 1 shows in steps the progress of the method of the invention: the material is metered in a rotating system onto a rotor and, from there, is fed, optionally with the aid of a preliminary guide member, to the central feed of a guide member rotating about a vertical axis of rotation (O), whereupon the material is brought up to speed along the guide face of the said guide member and, above all, is guided in the desired direction, so that the stream of material from the delivery end of the said guide member comes off from a predetermined take-off location (W) at a predetermined take-off angle (α) and at a take-off velocity (v abs ) which is defined by the angular velocity (Ω) and is thus predetermined, and is brought into an essentially deterministic spiral stream, when seen from a viewpoint which moves along, in an atmospheric environment at normal temperature or in an partially vaccum environment at normal or lower temperatures, which spiral movement is synchronized with the movement of a rotating impact member, which is situated at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the said delivery end, in such a manner that the said stream of material strikes the impact face of the said rotating impact member at a predetermined hit location (T), at a predetermined impact angle and at an impact velocity (V m act ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω) and is thus predetermined, whereupon, after the said stieam of material has collided for the first time and comes off the said impact face, the stieam of material is guided at the residual velocity, which is at least as great as the impact velocity (V^ act ), in a straight stieam (R), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, and the stream of material, immediately after the first impact and at an essentially predetermined collision velocity (V collision ), at an essentially predetermined collision angle, strikes the collision face of a stationaiy impact member which is disposed in the said straight stream (R), which collision face may consist of a metal face or is formed by a bed of the same material. A number of specific additional possibilities are indicated, as are a number of factors which affect the separate steps in the process. In all the embodiments described, it is possible not to meter part of the material onto the rotor blade, but rather to guide it in a vertical stieam (R v ) around the outside of the rotating system, across the front of the collision face, where it is hit by the material which is flung out of the system from the impact face, after which the two material streams strike the collision face. Figure 2 diagrammatically illustrates, for the resistance-free state, the movement which the grain executes in the rotating system, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. On the rotor (2), the grain, since it makes only limited contact with the metering face (3), which in this case is rotating, moves in a virtually radial stieam (R r ) in the direction of the edge (26) of the metering face (3), where the grain is taken up by the central feed (9) of the guide member (8), and is guided in a spiral (logarithmic) movement (R c ) along the guide face (10), the grain being accelerated and moved in the desired direction, whereupon the grain is moved in a stiaight stream (R) from the delivery end (11) of the guide member (8), at a take-off velocity (v abs ). At the moment at which the grain comes off the guide member (8), a transverse velocity component (v ( ) and a radial velocity component (v r ) are active, the radial velocity component (v r ) being decisive for the direction of the movement; i.e. it is decisive for the take-off angle ( ). The grain moves further, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, at a constant velocity (v abs ) along the said straight stream (R), in the direction of the rotating impact member (14). Figure 3 diagrammatically illustrates, for the resistance-free state, the relative movement of the grain, when seen from a viewpoint which moves along. As can be seen, the grain on the metering face (3) moves in a spiral stieam (S r ), which approximates to the Archimedes' spiral, towards the edge (26) of the metering face (3), where it is taken up by the centi'al feed (9) of the guide member (8) and is accelerated and directed along the guide face (10), in this case in the radial direction (S c ), whereupon the grain is moved from the deliveiy end (11) in a spiral stream (S), which, at the moment the material moves of the delivery end (11), is a continuation of the stream (S c ) which the grain describes along the guide member (8), along which spiral stream (S) the grain is guided towards the rotating impact member (14) in a direction which is essentially opposite to that of the stiaight stream (R), the direction of the spiral stream (S) being determined essentially by the radial velocity component (v r ). As shown in Figure 4, the grain, when seen from a viewpoint which moves along, describes on the metering face (3) as it were a "short" spiral (S r ), which, with the aid of the guide member (8), is converted into a "long" spiral (S), the "length" of this spiral, as is shown, being determined by the radial velocity component (v r ). As the length of the guide member (8) increases (a— >b), the take-off angle (α -)α ) increases and the grain is moved in a "longer" spiral (S) (A→B). In order to understand the method of the invention correctly, it of essential import that the movement (R)(S) which the grain describes in the rotating system, thus from the metering face (3), along the guide member (8) to the rotating impact member (14), is simultaneously seen from both a stationaiy viewpoint and from a viewpoint which moves along. Figure 5 shows these movements, when seen from both the stationaiy (I) and the moving (II) position. While the grain moves at a constant velocity (v ab ) along the stiaight stream (R), the relative velocity (V rel ) of the movement along the spiral stream (5) increases as the grain moves further away from the axis of rotation (O). At the moment at which the grain comes off the guide member (8), it has a relative velocity (V re| ') which is lower than the absolute velocity (v abs ). Along the spiral stream (S), the absolute velocity (v abs ) is quickly - 55 - exceeded by the relative velocity (V rel "), after which, further on in the spiral stieam (S), velocities (V rel '") can be reached which are a multiple of the absolute velocity (v abs ). In the method of the invention, use is made of this high relative velocity (V re] " f ) by allowing the grain to strike, at this relatively great impact velocity (V hn act ), the impact face (15) of an impact member (14) which rotates together with the system. In this way, the method of the invention makes it possible to allow a grain, which comes off the guide member (8) at a relatively low velocity (v abs )(V rel '), to impact at a very high relative velocity (V act ). This means that the wear to the guide member is reduced considerably and the impact, if the impact face (15) is disposed correctly, takes place at an optimum, virtually peφendiculai' impact angle (β), with the result that a great comminution intensity is obtained, while the wear even to the impact face (15) is limited, since impact wear is much lower than guide wear. A particular advantage according to the method of the invention is that the grain, after the first impact, comes off the impact face (15) at a residual velocity (V residual ), which is at least as great as the impact velocity (V U)i act ), at which residual velocity (V residua| ) the grain is moved into a stiaight stream (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, whereupon the grain, immediately after the first impact, can strike for a second time, at a high collision velocity (V colUsion ), a stationaiy impact member (16), which impact can likewise take place at an optimum, virtually peφendicular angle. It has been demonstrated that an impact at an angle of 80 to 85° for most types of material results in a much higher breaking probability than a peipendiculai' impact. The breaking probability can be increased considerably still further by allowing the grain to impact twice immediately in succession. The method of the invention thus makes it possible, with a relatively lower power consumption and a relatively low level of wear, to allow the grains to impact at an optimum angle, at least twice immediately in succession, with the result that a high breaking probability is achieved. Furthermore, the method of the invention makes it possible to synchronize the movement of the grain with the movement of the rotating impact member. Figure 6 shows the spiral stream (S) which the grains describe between the guide member (8) and the rotating impact member (14). As indicated previously, it can be demonstrated that if the take-off location (W) and the take-off angle (α) are not affected by the angular velocity (Ω), and the take-off velocity (v abs ) is proportional to the angular velocity (Ω), the route covered as the grain describes the spiral stream (S) and the route covered (C θ ) as the rotating impact member (14) describes the periphery (27) which is - 56 - described by the rotating impact member (14), are independent of the angular velocity (Ω). The instantaneous angle (θ), which is formed by the radial line (48) on which is situated the location (W) where the grains leave the guide member (8) and the radial line (49) on which is situated the location (T) at which the grains hit the rotating impact member (14), is thus not affected by the angular velocity (Ω). This makes it possible to synchronize the movement which the rotating impact member executes with the movement which the grain executes, so that, irrespective of the angular velocity (Ω), the impact of the grain against the impact face of the rotating impact member takes place at a predetermined synchronization location (T) and at a predetermined impact angle (β), the impact velocity (V ta act ) being proportional to the angular velocity (Ω) and can thus be selected with the aid of the said angular velocity (Ω) without in so doing affecting the impact location (T) or the impact angle (β). However, a synchronization of this kind is only possible if the individual grains from the stream of material are guided, from the rotating impact member (14) in an essentially deterministic spiral stieam (S), i.e. from a defined take-off location (W) and at a defined take-off angle (α), which is not affected by the angular velocity (Ω). This places particular demands on the guide member (8). Figure 7 and Figure 8 diagrammatically show a first possibility of how, according to the method of the invention for making material collide in a rotating system, a stream of material can be moved from a rotating guide member (8) into a spiral path (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said guide member (8), and then strikes the impact face (15) of a freely suspended rotating impact member (14) which rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai' velocity and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said guide member (8), and the movement of which is synchronized with the movement of the said stream of material (S). After the material has struck the impact face (15), when it comes off the rotating impact face (15), it is guided further in a straight path (R r ), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, after which the material strikes the hard metal collision face (46) of a stationary impact member (16) which is disposed in this straight path (R r ); in this case, the collision face may also be formed by an autogenous bed (47) of the same material. It is possible here to equip the rotating system with at least two guide members and associated rotating impact members, in which case the radial distances from the axis of rotation to the start of the guide member do not have to be made equal for all the guide members, the corresponding radial distances to the end of the guide members do not have to be made equal for all the guide members, and the corresponding radial distances to the - 57 - rotating impact members do not have to be made equal for all the impact members. An arrangement of this kind makes it possible to vary the amounts of material which are taken up by the guide members and to allow the respective streams of material to strike the impact members at different velocities. This will be dealt with in detail further on in the text. The method of the invention also makes it possible to classify and sort a stream of granular material (S r ), when it comes off the rotating impact face, optionally in combination with breaking this granular material. Figure 9 diagrammatically shows how the broken fragments, which are formed when a grain breaks during the impact against a rotating impact member (14), behave. It is known that on impact loading the broken fragments which are formed can be subdivided into three fractions, namely coarse (508), intermediate (509) and fine (510), the quantities of the respective fractions shifting towards fine as the impulse loading increases. After impact, the coarse broken fragments (508) generally rebound at a greater angle than the finer broken fragments (510), thus resulting, as it were, in a fan of rebounding broken fragments, with the coarse fragments (508) in the top of the fan, the intermediate fragments (509) in the middle of the fan, and the fine fragments (510) in the bottom of the fan; the fine fragments are frequently flung outwards along the impact face (15) (i.e. they slide down the latter). By disposing a separating plate (427) in the fan, the fine broken fragments (510) can be roughly separated from the coarse broken fragments (508). By making the separating plate (427) vertically adjustable, the division can be controlled. The wear can be limited by allowing the separating plate (427) to rotate together with the rotor. This also makes it possible to separate softer constituents of the stream of grains, which softer constituents break at a specific impact velocity, from hard grains which do not break at the said impact velocity. Figure 10 diagrammatically shows how it is possible to use a (vertically adjustable) separating plate (427) of this kind to separate granular material with a greater elasticity (511), which has a greater rebound angle, (from grains with a lower elasticity (512), which have a smaller rebound angle. Figure 11 diagrammatically shows a first possibility according to the method of the invention for making material collide, the first possibility being equipped with a separating member (427), which is vertically adjustable and with which it is possible to classify or sort material. Figure 12 and Figure 13 diagrammatically show a second possibility, according to the method of the invention, for making material collide, the material being guided along two guide members (8)(8') situated directly above one another, along two essentially identical spiral streams (S)(S') situated directly above one another, in the direction of one rotating impact member (14') associated with these two guide members. Figure 14 diagrammatically shows a third possibility, according to the method of the invention, for making material collide, the material, after it comes off the impact face of the rotating impact member (428) of the first system (429), striking a stationary impact member (530), after which the material is guided to the metering face (430) of a second system (431), which is situated beneath the first system (429), which second system (431) rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai- velocity and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said first system (429); in which case the radial distances from the axis of rotation (O) to respectively the guide member (428)(432) and the rotating impact member for the two systems (429)(431) may differ. Figure 15 and Figure 16 diagrammatically show a fourth possibility, according to the method of the invention, for making material collide, the stream of material, after it comes off the impact face (14) of the rotating impact member of the first system (433), striking the impact face (434) of a second system (435), which is situated beneath the first, which second system (435) rotates about the same diagonal as the first system (433), but in the opposite direction. Figure 17 and Figure 18 diagrammatically show a fifth possibility, according to the method of the invention, for making material collide, the stream of material being uniformly distributed over two systems (436)(437) situated one above the other which rotate, optionally at the same angular velocity, in opposite directions about the same axis of rotation, the guide members (438)(439) and the impact members (440) (441) of the respective systems (436)(437) forming mirror images of one another. The method of the invention makes it possible, by disposing the impact faces (442)(443) of the respective systems (436)(437) at an angle, to guide both the streams of material (R c )(R c '), when they come off the respective impact faces (442)(443), in a direction obliquely outwards, when seen from the axis of rotation, obliquely forwards, when seen in the direction of rotation, and obliquely outwards, when seen from the plane of the rotation, in the direction of the plane of rotation of the other (opposite) system. The respective straight stieams (R c )R c ') then cross one another at a location (444) which is at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation than the respective rotating impact members (440)(441), at a level between the two systems. If the angulai' velocity (Ω) at which the respective systems rotate is equal, the paths (R c )(R c ') cross one another on the radial line, when seen from the horizontal plane, on which are situated the respective rotating impact members (440)(441) at the moment at which they cross one another. Figure 19 diagrammatically shows a sixth possibility, according to the method of the invention, for making material collide, the collision means not being formed by an impact member, but by a second part of the material. In this case, the streams of material are flung outwards to two different radial distances from the respective guide members, the movements of the respective streams of material being synchronized in such a way that the streams of material cross one another at a location at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is greater than the corresponding radial distance to that guide member which is situated furthest away from the axis of rotation. Figure 20 diagrammatically depicts a radially designed guide member (29), and Figure 21 depicts a bent guide member (50), each guide member (29)(50) being equipped with a centi'al feed (67)(70), by means of which the material is taken up from the metering face (3), which merges into a guide face (68)(71), along which the material is brought up to speed and is guided primarily in the desired direction, which guide face merges into a delivery end (69)(72), by means of which the material is guided in a spiral stieam (S) in an essentially deterministic manner. Figure 22 diagrammatically shows the movement of a stieam of material (S r ) on a rotating face of a rotor (2), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor (2). The said stream (S r ) is guided outwards in a spiral movement, which approximates to an Ai'chimedes' spiral, and is taken up by the centi'al feed (9) of a guide member (8), which in this case is arranged radially, and is therefore directed virtually transversely to the spiral stieam (S r ). With the aid of the said central feed (9), the spiral stream of material (S r ) is converted into a radial movement (S c ) and is guided towards the guide face (10). Figure 23 provides a diagrammatic depiction of the centi'al feed. The length of the cential feed (9) is given here by ( which length is essentially deteπnined by the width (S b ) of the spiral stieam (S r ) at that location. The conversion of the spiral stream (S r ) into a straight radial movement (S c ) takes place along this central feed (9), it being necessary to take into account the fact that the length which is required in order to allow the stream of material to make good contact with the guide face (10) may be slightly longer than the given length (t c ) of the cential feed (9). The actual guide begins from this region (74). Figure 24 shows the Archimedes' spiral (73). On the basis of a movement in an Archimedes' spiral (73), the radial width of the spiral is 2πa, a being calculated as: a = V a / Ω, i.e. the initial radial velocity (V a ) which the stream of material has at that location, divided by the angular velocity (Ω). - 61) - Figure 25 indicates how it is possible to calculate the minimum length (£ c ) which the central feed (9) has to have in order to take up the stream of material, specifically as the maximum distance which is given by the angle (χ) which a grain, in the region in front of the said cential feed (9), when seen in the direction of rotation, can cover in the radial direction starting from the periphery (r a ) which the start point (76) of the central feed (9) describes, before the grain is taken up by the said central feed (9). In the process, the grain moves naturally in a spiral stieam (77), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along. The radial distance, or width of the spiral stream (S c ) which the said grain now covers is a function of the rotational speed (φm), of the initial radial velocity (V a ) which the grain has at the moment at which it passes into the region (75) before the said central feed (9), and the angle (χ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (78) where the grain hits the guide member (8) and the radial line on which is situated the location of the start point (79) of the following centi'al feed arranged in the direction of rotation; which length (£ ) of which central feed (9) essentially satisfies the equation: £ = Ω Figures 26 and 27 diagrammatically show how the angular velocity (Ω) affects the spiral stream (S r ) on the rotor (2), and thus the length (£ of the central feed (9). Figure 26 shows, for a low rotational speed (lpm), that the material moves in a relatively wide spiral stream (S r ) over the rotor (2), with the consequence that the length (£' c ) of the cential feed (9) is relatively great. Allowing the rotor (2) to rotate at a greater speed (φm) means, as is shown diagrammatically in Figure 27, that the spiral stream (S r ) becomes less wide, leading to a shorter length (£" c ) of the centi'al feed (9). It is furthermore apparent that the initial radial velocity (V a ) which the stream of grains has at the moment at which it comes into contact with the central feed (9) has a considerable effect on the width (S b ) of the spiral stieam (S r ). For example, for an angle χ = 90 (approximately four guide members) and an initial radial velocity (V a ) of 2 m/sec, the minimum length of the central feed (I , for a rotational speed of 100 φm, is in absolute units £ c = 600 and, for a rotational speed of 1000 ipm, £ c = 60. If the initial radial velocity (V a ) is 5 m/sec, the respective values are i c = 1500 (at 100 φm) and £ c - 150 (at 1000 φm). The length (£ c ) of the central feed decreases with the number of guides, i.e. the angle (χ). It is preferred to keep the length ( ) of the central feed (9) as short as possible, so that the stream of material (S r ) can make contact as quickly as possible with the guide face (10) and can be guided from the delivery end (11) in the desired spiral movement (S) at as low a velocity (V a ) as possible, i.e. at as short a radial distance (r as possible. As indicated, it is possible to make do with a shorter length (£ c ) as the angular velocity (φm) is increased and the rotor (2) is designed with more guide members (8). However, the maximum number of guides is limited by the necessary free feed of the stream of material (S r ) to the central feed (9). Flow rate and grain dimension play an important role in this connection. If the distance (χ) between the guide members (8) is made too short, this impedes the feed of the stream of material (S) to the said cential feed (8), with the consequence that the material accumulates on the metering face (3). With regard to the grain dimension, it can be stated as a general rule that the calculated length (£ c ) of the centi'al feed (9) has to be at least twice as great as the maximum grain dimension of the grains from the stieam of material (S r ). The initial radial velocity (V a ) can be limited by limiting as far as possible the height of drop of the material during metering onto the rotor (2), and by limiting the diameter of the rotorblade; however, also depending on the maximum grain dimension, a certain minimum diameter of the rotorblade is required. Figure 28 shows how it is possible to limit the radiale velocity (V a ) by suspending a partition (80) in the feed tube (81) above the metering face (3) of the rotor (2). However, here too it is necessary to take into account the fact that, in order to achieve a defined capacity, a defined flow rate is necessary during the metering. To bridge the relatively short distance between the guide member (8) and the rotating impact member (14) without the grain being significantly affected by air resistance, any air movements and the force of gravity, a take-off velocity (v abs ) of approximately 10 m/ sec is normally sufficient. Furthermore, in order to move the said material into a spiral stream (S) in an essentially deterministic manner, it is of essential importance that the takeoff angle (α) of the individual grains from the stream of grains is virtually constant and that all the grains come off the guide member (8) at virtually the same take-off location (W). For the method of the invention, the function of the guide member (8), in addition to providing a certain acceleration, is therefore primai'ily to direct the movement of the grains along the guide face (10) in such a manner that the stream of material comes off the guide member (8) at virtually the same take-off location (W), at a virtually constant take-off angle (α) and at virtually constant take-off velocity (v abs ). To this end, the grains from the stream of material, after they have been taken up by the cential feed (9), must quickly and correctly make contact with the guide face (10). As is diagrammatically indicated in Figure 29, the radial length (£) of the guide member (8) is essentially the determining factor here. An excessively short guide member (8) with a length (£'") which is shorter than the required length (£ of the central feed (9) (situation D), the radial length (£'") of the guide member (8) thus being shorter than the width of the spiral stream (S r ), is the factor which causes only some of the grains from the stream of material (S r ) to come into contact with the central feed (9). A substantial proportion of the grains moves past the front of the said central feed (9) (as it were rolls off the rotor (2)) and is not taken up by the said cential feed (9). The grains which, owing to the lack of a guide face, are not guided therefore leave the "guide member" in a chaotic manner, with the take-off angle (α) varying (α'") from virtually tangential to virtually radial, while the takeoff velocity (v'" abs ) varies from nothing to the tip velocity (V tj ) at that location. It is impossible to synchronize a stieam (S'") of this kind effectively with the movement of a rotating impact member (14). As the length ( '→ ) of the guide member (8) increases (situations C and B), thus involving a guide member (8) with a centi'al feed (9) and a guide face (10), the grain can make better contact with the guide face (10), and the spread of the take-off velocity (v" abs — > v' abs ) and the spread of the take-off angle ( "→α') decrease, resulting in a process which proceeds in a more deterministic manner. If the length (£) of the guide member (8) is made large enough to produce a guide face (10) with sufficient contact length (situation A), the separate grains from the stieam (S r ) make contact with the said guide face (10) in such a manner that the grains all leave the guide member (8) from virtually the same take-off location (W), at virtually the same take-off angle (α) and at a virtually constant take-off velocity (v abs ) which is determined by the angular velocity (Ω), and are guided in an essentially deterministic spiral stream (S). Directing the stieam of material along the guide face (10) is done essentially by means of the radial velocity component (v r ); for a coπ'ect direction, it is therefore necessary for the stream of material to develop a specific minimum radial velocity component (v r ) along the guide face (10). To launch the grains from the guide member (8) in an essentially deterministic manner, it is necessary for a radial velocity component (v r ) which is approximately 35 - 55% of the transverse velocity component (v t ) to be developed along the guide face (10), thus resulting in a take-off angle (α) of approximately 20 to 30°. It can therefore be stated that the stream of material (S r -»S c ) can be brought into a spiral stieam (S) in an essentially deterministic manner, with the aid of a guide member (8), if the takeoff angle ( ) is greater than 20°, and preferably greater than 30°. For this puipose, the guide member (8) must be equipped with a cential feed (9) which has a length (£ c ) to take up the stream of material (S c ) and a guide face (10) which has sufficient guidance length (£ ) to direct the stream (S c ). These factors together determine the length (£) of the guide member (8). Figure 30 shows how this guidance length (£ ) can be calculated as a function of the take-off angle (α). The guidance length (£ ) is given here as the difference between the radial length (r 0 ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the start point (83) of the guide face (10) (end point of said central feed) and the corresponding radial length (r χ ) to the end point (84) of the said guide member (8) (end point of said delivery end), i.e.: £ g = r 1 - r c . The length (£ ) of the guide member (8) can thus be calculated on the basis of the relationship (r/r j ). For radially arranged guides and for the resistance-free state, this relationship essentially satisfies the equation: ^ ϊ- tan 2 α Figure 31 shows a guide member (8) which is not arranged radially, with the result that the relationship changes and, as a function of the take-off angle (α), can essentially be given by the equation: Figure 32 shows the connection between the take-off angle (α) and the relationship for guide members which are arranged radially (85) and non-radially (86). The degree to which the non-radial guide members (86) differ from the radial guide member (85) is shown by the angle (K) between the radial line on which is situated the end of the radial guide member (85) and the radial line on which is situated the end of the non-radial guide member (86), a non-radial guide member (86) which is situated towards the front, in the direction of rotation, by comparison with the radially arranged guide member (85) forming an angle (+κ), and a non-radial guide member (86) which is situated towards the rear forming an angle (-K). Furthermore, it is necessaiy to take into account the friction of the stieam of material (R c ) along the guide face (10). Figure 33 diagrammatically illustrates how friction affects the take-off angle (α); the take-off angle (α) becomes smaller as the influence of the friction, which can be given by the coefficient of friction (co), increases. The coefficient of friction (co) is determined by the contact between the grains and the guide member (8), the friction furthermore being influenced by the shape of the guide member (8). However, it is extremely complicated to include the coefficient of friction (co) in the equation; if a curved guide member is used, this is essentially impossible. The friction increases if the guide member (8) is disposed towards the front in the direction of rotation, and reduces if it is disposed towards the rear. However, the situation can be simulated fairly accurately with the aid of a computer. In any case, the guide length (£ ) of the guide face (10), which is required in order to launch the stream of material (R c ) in an essentially deterministic manner, increases together with the coefficient of friction (Ω). On the basis of the above description, it can be stated in a general sense for the method of the invention that, in order to realize an essentially deterministic take-off process of the grains from the guide member (8), or so that the grains leave the guide member (8) at a take-off angle (α) of at least 30°, the length (£) of the guide face (10), or the radial distance (r 0 ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the guide member (8), must be 33V 3 % gi'eater than the corresponding radial distance (I^) or (r^ to the start pomt (84) of the guide member (8). Figure 34 diagrammatically shows a rotor blade, the granular material being taken up, from the natural spiral movement (S c ) which it describes on the metering face (472), by the central feeds of straight guide faces, which in this case are respectively disposed radially (473)(κ=0°), towards the rear in the direction of rotation (474)(+κ) and towards the front in the direction of rotation (475)(-κ). The angle (K) at which the guide members are disposed affects the direction of the spiral path (S) in which the material is guided from the delivery end. Figure 35 diagrammatically shows the situation in the event that the guide face (474) is disposed directed towards the rear (+κ) in the direction of rotational and Figure 37 shows the situation in the event that the guide face (475) is disposed directed towards the front (-K) in the direction of rotation. In all cases, the grain is moved in the relative spiral motion (S) in the direction which is in line with the movement (S d ) which the grain describes along the guide face (473)(474)(475), the relative velocity (V' reI ) in all cases being equal to: - in the event that the guide face (475) is directed towards the rear (+κ), the friction (co), and hence the wear along the guide face (475), increases, the take-off angle (α) decreases and the absolute take-off velocity (v abs ) increases; - in the event that the guide face (474) is directed towards the front (-K), the friction (ω), and hence the wear along the guide face, decreases, the take-off angle (α) increases, - 65 - while the absolute take-off velocity (v abs ) decreases. For the method of the invention, i.e. guiding a grain at a take-off velocity (V abs ) which is as low as possible and at a take-off angle ( ) which is as great as possible from the guide member in a deterministic spiral path, a guide face (474) which is disposed directed towards the rear (+κ), is therefore preferred; in this case, moreover, the wear is limited. Figure 36 diagrammatically shows a grain at the instant at which it comes off the delivery end, for a radially disposed guide face (473). Figure 38 shows a guide member (87) which has a type of S-shape and is disposed with the guide faces respectively directed radially (475)(κ=0), towai'ds the front (477)(-κ) and towards the rear (476)(+κ). A guide face (476) (+κ) which is directed more towards the rear (+κ) is normally preferred here. The central feed (88), which is designed curved forwards in the direction of rotation, as far as possible lies in line with the natural spiral stream (S r ) which the material describes on the rotor (2), which central feed (88) merges into a guide face (89) which is of stiaight design, is directed towai'ds the rear in the direction of rotation and merges into a delivery end (90) which is curved towai'ds the rear in the direction of rotation, which delivery end (90) is curved at least in such a manner that the curvature is in line with the spiral stream (S) which the said material describes when it comes off the said delivery end (90). The specific curved shape of the central feed (88) makes it possible to take up and guide to the guide face (89) the stream of material (S r ) better, in a flowing movement from the rotor (2). Since the guide face (89) is directed towards the rear, the acceleration is limited, while the material is guided from the curved deliveiy end (90), as it were in a natural manner, in the intended spiral stream (S), towards the rotating impact member (14). This design makes it possible to allow the stieam of material (S c ) to come off the guide member (87) at a relatively low velocity (V abs ) in an essentially deterministic manner. In the process, both the energy consumption and the wear are limited, while the stream of material (S c -»S) comes off the S-shaped guide member (87) at a lower take-off velocity (v abs ), and thus is able to develop a greater relative velocity (V reI ) along the spiral stream (S), and hence hits the rotating impact member (14) at a gi'eater velocity (V toι act ). Figure 39 diagrammatically shows in detail the S-shaped guide face (476) which is directed towards the rear (+κ). In this case, the central feed (478) is as far as possible disposed in line with the spiral movement (S c ) which the material describes on the metering face (479) and, from there, is curved towai'ds the rear (+κ) in the direction of rotation. The cential feed (478) merges into a straight guide face (479), which is directed towards the rear (+κ) in the direction of rotation and in turn merges into a delivery end (480) which is curved towards the rear (+κ) in the direction of rotation. Figure 40 diagrammatically shows the movement of the stieam of grains, respectively the short spiral movement (S c ) on the metering face, the movement (S d ) along the central feed (478), the guide face (479) and the delivery end (480), the way in which the grain comes off the delivery end (480) and the long spiral movement (S) in which the stream of material is then guided. It is normally preferred, in order for a guide member (476) of this kind to function optimally, for the central feed (478), the guide face (479) and the delivery end (480) to have an approximately equal radial length, i.e. £ c (central feed), £ (guide face) and £ a (delivery end). The movement of the granular material along the guide member (476) is determined by the centrifugal force, which is directed from the axis of rotation (O), and the Coriolis force which is directed peipendicular to the plane of guidance. Under the influence of these forces, the normal force (N) which the grain exerts on the guide face increases, and hence so does the friction force (W). If a delivery end (480) is designed such that it is curved towards the rear (+κ) in the direction of rotation, this leads to the increase in the normal force (N) being curbed. The normal force (N) is reduced gradually by curving the delivery end (480) round. At the instant at which the normal force N = 0, the stream of material (S d ) comes off the delivery end (480) and is moved into the desired, deterministic spiral movement (S) in a manner which is as far as possible "natural" and with a relative velocity (V ) which is as low as possible and with as little wear as possible to the guide member (476). Figure 41 shows a number of embodiments for the respective situations: - the central feed (481) is directed radially straight (482) or, in the direction of rotation, straight towards the rear (483) or curved towai'ds the front (484) or towards the rear (485); - the guide face (486) is directed radially stiaight (487) or, in the direction of rotation, straight towards the rear (488) or curved towai'ds the rear (489); - the delivery end (490) is directed radially straight (491 ) or, in the direction of rotation, straight towards the rear (492) or cuived towards the rear (493). The guide member (494) can in this way be designed and disposed as a combined unit. The specific arrangement is determined here by factors which were explained above. Figure 42 diagrammatically shows an arrangement in which the cential feed (495) is disposed separately: when seen in the direction of rotation, in front of the guide face (496) and the delivery end (497). An arrangement of this kind offers the possibility of replacing the central feed (495), the bend (498) of which is subject to high frictional forces and hence wear, separately, in which case it is preferred for the thickness of both the central feed (499) and the guide face with delivery end (500) to increase progressively outwards. Figure 43 shows a preliminary guide member (4), the central inlet (5) of which lies directly behind the central feed (9), when seen in the direction of rotation, which prehminary guide member (4) extends, from the said cential inlet (5), with the preliminary guide face (6) in a direction which is essentially opposite to the direction of rotation, towards a delivery location (7) which is directed towards the cential feed (9) of a subsequent guide member (8). A preliminary guide member (4) of this kind makes it possible to feed the spiral stream (S r ) better to the central feed (9) of the guide member (8), without impeding the movement of the grain on the rotor (2), and also to prevent grains from being able to fly off or simply roll off the metering face, thus not being taken up by the cential feed (9) or coming into contact with the guide member (8) at a gi'eater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O), thus substantially impairing the guidance process. Figures 44 and 45 diagrammatically show, for the resistance-free state, the movements of the material between the location (W) where this material leaves the radial guide member (8) and the location (T) where the material strikes the rotating impact member (14), when seen respectively from a stationaiy viewpoint (Figure 44) and a viewpoint which moves together with the system (Figure 45). In reality, the movement of the material is actually subject to, inter alia, friction with components of the rotor and to air resistance. The same also applies to the force of gravity. These factors affect the stream, although without significantly changing the nature of the movement. The grain size and the grain configuration play an important role here. In the following observations, these effects are, for the time being, discounted. When seen from a stationary viewpoint (Figure 44), when the material comes off the guide member (8) at a radial distance (r 0 ) from the axis of rotation (O), at a take-off velocity (v abs ), a radial velocity component (v r ) and a velocity component which is peφendiculai' to the radial component, i.e. a transverse velocity component (v t ), are active. The transverse velocity (v t ) of the material at the moment at which it leaves the guide member (8) corresponds to the tip velocity, i.e. the velocity at the location of the discharge end (11), of the guide member (8): tip velocity = Ωr r If the radial (v r ) and transverse (v t ) velocity components are equal, the material leaves the guide member (8) at an angle (α) of 45°. In reality, the magnitudes of the velocity components may differ, with the result that the direction of movement changes: the transverse velocity component (v t ) is normally greater than the radial velocity component (v r ), but the reverse may also be true. The take-off angle (α) can thus be greater than and less than 45°, but is normally less than 45°. As indicated above, it is necessaiy, in order to bring the said material into an essentially deterministic stieam, for the take-off angle (α) to be greater than 20°, and preferably - 60 - greater than 30°. Since the stiaight movement path (R) is not directed from the axis of rotation (O), but rather from a location (W) situated at a radial distance from the axis of rotation (O), there is a shift outwards, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), at a radial distance which is greater than the radial distance to the location (W) where the material leaves the guide member (8), between the radial (v r ) and transverse (v t ) velocity components, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, the magnitude of the radial component (v ) increasing and that of the transverse component (v t ) decreasing. When seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the guide member (8) (Figure 45), the situation is different. After coming off the guide member (8), the grain moves at a relative velocity (V re) ) along the spiral stieam (S), the direction of which is opposite to that of the straight stream (R), the relative velocity (V reI ) increasing as the grain moves further away from the axis of rotation (O). At the moment at which the grain comes off the guide member (8), there is no relative transverse velocity (V t ' rel ) active. At that moment, the relative movement is determined only by the radial velocity component (v r ). When the material comes off the guide member (8), a relative transverse velocity component (v t ) begins to develop. In the process, as the material moves further away from the axis of rotation (O), the radial velocity component (v r ) increases considerably, and the transverse velocity component (v t ) increases very considerably. The material therefore describes a spiral stream. In this case, for both the movement in the straight stream and in the spiral stream (S), i.e. when seen from both the stationaiy and the moving viewpoint, the radial velocity component is, at any distance from the axis of rotation (O), identical (V. = v r ), and increases as the grains move further away from the axis of rotation (O). Since, as the radial distance between the location (W) where the material leaves the guide member (8) and the location (T) where the material hits the rotating impact member (14) increases, the transverse velocity component (v ( ) increases more than the radial velocity component (V), the direction of movement of the relative velocity (V reI ), further on in the spiral stream (S), increasingly comes to lie as a continuation of the direction of movement, which is in fact in the opposite direction, of the rotating impact member (14), with the result that the impact intensity increases when the grain hits the rotating impact member (14). However, the spiral movement (S) described by the material prevents the relative movement (S) of the grain and the movement (B) of the rotating impact member (14) from being able to lie completely in a single line. Moreover, the distance (r - r t ) between the location (W) where the material leaves the guide member (8) and the location (T) where it strikes the rotating impact member (14) is also limited for practical reasons. The spiral movement (S) which the material describes according to the method of the invention can, as shown in Figure 46, be given, when seen from a co-rotating position, as the connection between the instantaneous angle (θ), the associated radius (r) and a factor f, and essentially satisfies the equation: which instantaneous angle (θ) is defined as the angle between the radial line (48) on which is situated the location (W) where the stream of material (S) leaves the guide member (8) and the radial line (49) on which is situated the location (T) where the stream of material (S) hits the rotating impact member (14). The equation shows that the spiral stream (S) which the said material describes after leaving the guide member (8), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating impact member (14), is determined entirely by the location (W), i.e. the radial distance (i' j ), from where the material leaves the guide member (8), by the take-off angle (α) of the material from the guide member (8) and by the relationship between the transverse component (v ( ) of the absolute velocity (v abs ) on leaving the guide member (8) and the tip velocity (V ( . ) of the deliveiy end (11) of the guide member (8), i.e. the factor f. It is extremely important that the stream (S) should not be affected by the angular velocity (Ω); as pointed out earlier, this essentially forms the basis of the method of the invention. The fact that the instantaneous angle (θ), which has an unambiguous connection with the radial distance (r) of the axis of rotation (O) to the hit point (T), can be calculated makes it possible to position the rotating impact member (14) accurately with respect to the guide member (8). Figure 47 shows how a grain, after it has struck the rotating impact member for the first time, after coming off the impact face, can be guided in a second spiral path, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the impact member, and can strike a second rotating impact face which is disposed in the said second spiral path. In this way, the material in the rotating system is brought to speed in two steps. After the material comes off the said impact face of the said second rotating impact member, the material is guided in a straight path, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. In the process, the material is moved in a first spiral path (S') from the delivery end (11), when seen from a viewpoint which rotates together with the guide member (8), in a dii'ection towards the rear, when seen from the direction of rotation, after which the material strikes the impact face of a first impact member (14'), the angle (θ') between the radial line on which is situated the location (11) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the path (S') of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said first impact member (14') intersect one another being selected in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said paths (S')(C) intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said first impact member (14); after this, the material, when it comes off the said first impact member (14), is moved into a second spiral path (S") and strikes the second impact member (14"), the angle (θ") between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (14) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the path (S") of the said material which has collided once and the path (C") of the said second (14") impact member intersect one another being selected in such a manner that the arrival of the said material which has collided once at the location where the said paths (S")(C") intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at that location of the said second impact member (14"); after this, the material, after it comes off the said second impact member (14") is moved into a stiaight path (R r ) when seen from a stationary viewpoint which straight path (R r ) is directed towai'ds the front, when seen from the direction of rotation, after which the material sti'ikes a stationary impact member (16) which is designed in the form of an impact segment or a bed of the same material. The velocity (V^ act ) at which the material, with the aid of the rotating impact member (14), hits the impact face (13) increases considerably, as has been stated, as the difference increases between the radial distances (r - r 0 ) from the location (W) where the material leaves the guide member (8) and a hit location (T) situated further on in the stieam (S). Furthermore, the impact velocity (V t ) is deteimined by the angulai' velocity (Ω). Figure 48 shows how the relatively velocity (V reI ) of a grain develops along the spiral stieam (S). At the moment at which the grain is guided into the spiral stieam (S), only the radial velocity component is active, i.e. : V rel = v r ; at that moment, the grain has no transverse velocity component (V ( = 0). As stated above, the radial velocity component (V r ) increases for both the absolute velocity (v abs ) and the relative velocity (V rel ), when seen from the axis of rotation (O), as the grain moves further away from the said axis of rotation (O), thus: v r = V . Immediately after the grain comes off the guide member (8), it develops, along the spiral stieam (S), a transverse velocity component (V t ) which increases considerably as the grain moves further away from the axis of rotation (O). This transverse velocity compo- nent (V t ) is calculated as the distance, at a specific radial distance from the axis of rotation (O), between the relative tip velocity (V' tip ) of the grain, which is calculated as V' tι = Ωr, and the transverse velocity component (v ( ) of the grain along the straight stream (R) at the said radial distance, i.e.: V t , reI = Y ti - v' t = Ω r - v' ( . The relative velocity (V' rel ), i.e. the impact velocity (V ta act ), is now, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), formed by the resultant of the radial (V) and the relative transverse (V t ) velocity components. It is clearly illustrated how considerably the relative velocity (V rel ) increases along the spiral stieam (S) as the grain moves further away from the axis of rotation (O). Figure 49 indicates how the velocity at which the material hits the rotating impact member (14), i.e. the impact velocity (V mι act ), can be reached. This impact velocity (V ml _ act ) essentially satisfies the equation: V iιnpact = Vr 2 + r 2 θ 2 This specific connection makes it possible, at a given location (T) where the material hits the rotating impact member (14), accurately to give the angular velocity (Ω) which is required in order to achieve a specific impact velocity (V m ac[ ). Conversely, if the angular velocity (Ω) is given, the hit location (T) where the material hits the rotating impact member (14) at a defined impact velocity (V m act ) can be defined accurately. For two angulai' velocities (Ω = 1000 and Ω = 1200 lpm), Figure 50 shows the relative velocities (V reI = V B ac( ) which the material develops along a specific spiral stieam (S); i.e. the velocity (V m act ) at which the material at the location (T) in the spiral movement (S) would strike a rotating impact member (14) disposed at that location. The basis used here is a tip velocity (V ( . ), i.e. peripheral velocity (V ), at the location (W) from where the material comes off the guide member (8), of 36 m/sec. The method of the invention thus makes it possible, at a relatively low take-off velocity (v abs ), to achieve a very high collision velocity (V^ ac( ), and thus a high impulse loading of the material, which impact velocity (V mι act ) can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω) and the radial distance (r) from the axis of rotation where the rotating impact member (14) is arranged in the spiral (S). It is preferred for the material to hit the impact face (15) of the rotating impact member (14) peφendicularly, when seen in the plane of the rotation and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating impact member (14). The actual impact angle (β) can then be adjusted by tilting the impact face (15) in the vertical direction. Figure 51 shows how the impact face (15) has to be arranged in order to achieve a 71 peφendicular impact angle in the plane of the rotation, at the location where the grain strikes the said impact face (15): at an angle (β') in the horizontal plane, between the radial line (48) on which is situated the location (W) from where the material leaves the guide member (8) and the line (49) which, from the location (T) where the material hits the impact face (15), is directed perpendicular to this radial line (48), which angle (β') essentially satisfies the equation: β' = arctan - θ With the aid of the angle (β'), it is possible to arrange the impact face (15) in such a manner that the impact of the sti'eam of material (S) takes place at an optimum impact angle (β), which lies, as indicated above, between 75° and 85° for most materials. At the same time, the impact angle (β) is largely the determining factor for the rebound behaviour of the grains; i.e. the rebound velocity (V residual ), the rebound angle (β r ) and the behaviour of the granular material which remains stuck to the impact face (15) during the impact. This is the case in pai'ticulai' if the grains have a low coefficient of restitution, and above all if the grains become pulverized during the impact. This adhesion behaviour is promoted if the grains are moist. Disposing the impact face (15) at a slightly oblique angle with respect to the impacting sti'eam (S) has the advantage, in addition to increasing the breaking probability, of guiding the grains in a different direction after the impact, so that the impact of following grains is not disturbed. Furthemiore, it is necessary to prevent the grains from starting to move outwards, after impact, radially along the impact face (15) under the influence of the centiifugal force. Since the peripheral velocity (V' ( . ) is relatively high at that location, this can lead to extremely intensive wear along the outer section of the impact face (15). This wear disturbs the impact process and does not lead to significantly greater rebound velocities, i.e. residual velocity (V resιdual ), of the rebounding stieam of material (S residual ). It is therefore preferred to direct the impact face (15) slightly obliquely inwards and slightly obliquely downwards with respect to the impacting stieam (S). Figure 52 shows a preferred arrangement of an impact face (170). In this case, the impact face (170) is directed slightly inwards in the horizontal plane (Figure 53), so that the angle (β") is a few degrees (1° to 5°) greater than the calculated angle β'; in such a manner that, when seen in the plane of the rotation, the said angle (β"), which the said impact face forms with the spiral stream (S) at the location of impact is greater than 90°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member. In the vertical plane (Figure 54), the impact face (170) is directed slightly downwards, with the angle (β m ) being a few degrees (1° to 5°); in such a manner that, when seen from the plane directed peφendicular to the plane of the rotation, the said angle (β'"), which the said impact face forms with the spiral stieam (S) at the location of impact is greater than 90°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member. Overall, the angles β" and β'" must be selected in such a manner that the actual impact angle (β) lies between 75° and 85°. An arrangement of this kind is possible with the aid of the calculated angle (β'). Figures 55, 56 and 57 show how a jet of air (91) can be blown in a simple manner and at great speed along the impact face (131), from the top towai'ds the bottom, thus assisting the movement of adhering material in a direction which is as far as possible vertical, downwards along the impact face (131), while the stream (S ^ .^,) of the rebounding material is guided more effectively. The jet of air (91) is generated with the aid of an air- guidance member (127) in the form of a partition (128) which is disposed along the top of the edge (130) of the rotating impact member (131). The spiral stieams which the grains describe between the guide member and the impact face may shift slightly as a result of natural effects. Figure 58 shows the influence of the grain diameter. Since larger grains (153) make contact with the delivery end (11) for a somewhat longer period, to a somewhat greater distance from the axis of rotation (O), than smaller grains (154), larger grains (153) develop a somewhat greater take-off velocity (v abs ), and come off the delivery end (11) at a somewhat greater take-off angle (α) than smaller grains (154). The stream (155) of larger grains (153) therefore shifts outwards to some extent by comparison with the stieam (156) of smaller grains (154). The length (£) of the guide member (8) can therefore be calculated as the length to the delivery end (11), increased by half the grain diameter. The factors mentioned above explain why the particles from the stieam of grains (S) exhibit a certain spread (157) along the rotating impact face (15) as has been mentioned; this spread (157) increases further on in the stream (S). Figure 59 shows how the spiral stream (S) can shift slightly owing to the self-rotation (158) of the grain in this stieam (S). This is true in particular of elongate grains. Figure 60 and Figure 61 show a different behaviour of grains along the guide face (15). The gi'ain can roll along this face (Figure 60), but can also, as is generally the case, slide along it (Figure 61). The coefficient of friction (co) for rolling friction is normally less than for sliding friction, and as such affects the take-off velocity (v abs ) and the take-off angle (α), although only to a limited extent. Figures 62 and 63 show that the contact surface (159)(160) between the grain and the guide face (10), depending on the shape of the grain, can differ considerably, which can affect the frictional behaviour and thus the take-off behaviour to some extent. Figure 64 shows that, owing to the abovementioned natural effects, the stieams (S) which the separate grains from the material (S) describe as a whole form a bundle of streams (161). This behaviour is inherently essentially deterministic and controllable. As a result, the impacts become spread slightly over the impact face (15), with the result that a more regular wear pattern is produced. An extensive concentration of the impacts can lead to an irregular wear pattern, which can impair the impact of the grains. These natural effects must be taken into account when designing the impact face (15) by, as far as possible, adapting the design to the impact pattern (162) of the stieam of material (161). As a general rule, it can be stated that the natural spread of the streams (161) which the grains describe, i.e. the extent to which the spiral streams (S) shift, increases as the stream of material contains grains with more divergent diameters, grain shapes which differ to a greater extent and as the material compositions of the grains differ increasingly, with differing coefficients of friction (co). The impact pattern (162) has a major effect on the wear behaviour and is thus of great importance if the impact face (15) is to be designed optimally. In theory, the impact pattern (162) can be approximated effectively with the aid of computer simulation, but this simulation has to be checked and coπected using practical observations. An insight into the impact pattern (162) makes it possible to design a wear-resistant impact segment which has a relatively long service life. To achieve a regular wear pattern, it is important that the impacts of the various particles against the impact face of the impact member take place at an angle which is as far as possible identical; this is also of importance in order to achieve a broken product with a constant quality and a low spread in the gi'ain size distiibution. The impact face of the impact member may therefore be designed to be hollow, or curved once or twice. By designing the curvature (528) as shown in Figure 65, along a radius (r nn act ) directed from the location (529) where the line (530) on which is situated the location (531) where the material leaves the guide member (532) and the line (533) on which is situated the location (534) where the material hits the guide member are peφendicular to each other. This 98/16319 .... PCT/N 97/00S65 - 75 - curvature reasonably approximates the cuive with which the spiral movements (S) turn off, directed from the delivery point (531 ) of the guide member (532). For a single curvature, the impact face can be curved along the circle with radius (r ta act ) with the location (529) as the centre point. For a double curvature, the impact face can be curved along the sphere with radius (r^ act ), with the location (529) as the centre point. The impact element (520) may, as shown in Figure 66, be of composite design, i.e. designed in the form of segments (521) which fit inside one another and have differing hardnesses (brittlenesses), so that the wear as far as possible takes place uniformly along the impact face. The stracture (520) must in this case be adapted accurately to the wear pattern, the harder, more brittle material being employed where the impacts are concentrated (523). As shown in Figures 67a and 67b, the impact face may also be provided with cavities or openings of another kind, in which material accumulates, so that a partially autogenous impact face of the same material is formed. As shown in Figure 68, the impact element (520) may also be placed in a frame structure (524), the same material (527) accumulating between the edge (525) of the impact segment (520) and the edge (526) of the frame stracture (524), thus preventing material which bends off in the spiral path from shooting outwards along the impact element (520). Figure 69 and Figure 70 show a guide member (163) with a guide segment (164). The wear along the guide face (165) of the guide segment (164) increases with the radial distance to the axis of rotation (O), i.e. outwards. As wear occurs, therefore, the guide face (165) is gradually curved backwards to a greater extent, when seen in the direction of rotation. With increasing wear, the location (167 -> 168) from where the material leaves the guide member (163) shifts backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation. As a result, the sti'eam (S) which the particle describes between the guide member (163)(8) and the rotating impact member (14) also shifts backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation. By making the impact segment (164) less thick at the location of the cential inlet than at the deliveiy end (167), the effect is achieved that ultimately the guide segment wears away entirely. As indicated above, the deterministic process may also be the cause of the impacts of the particles against the impact members taking place in a very concentrated manner. This may lead to such an irregular wear pattern of the impact face of the impact member that the breaking process is interfered with. It is then important to implement measures which promote a spread of the impacts over the impact face. As explained above, the paths of different particles, for example with different diameters, already exhibit a certain level of spread. However, with the aid of the guide member and the impact member it is also possible to increase the spread of the impacts; at the same time, the impact segment of the impact member may be dimensioned and constructed in such a manner that it is able to deal with a more concentrated impact pattern. A shift (513) of the location where the particle, under the influence of wear (514), touches the impact face (515) can, as shown in Figure 71 and Figure 72, partially be prevented by not making the deliveiy end (516) straight, when seen in the horizontal plane, but with a length which increases towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation. On the other hand, by making the length of the delivery end (517) decrease towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, as shown in Figure 73 and Figure 74, the shift (513) of the path (S S'), with increasing wear (518) to the delivery end (517), is promoted. This is often preferred, since this allows the impacts of the particle against the impact face (515) to be spread better and more quickly, with the result that it is possible to achieve a more regular wear pattern. This process may, as shown in Figure 75, also be promoted by curving the delivery end (519) progressively towai'ds the rear. Figures 76 and 77 show how, in the event of the impacts of the grains becoming concentrated on a specific point on the impact face (15), due to the composition of the granular material being so uniform that a natural shift of the stieam of material (S) is limited, these impacts can be spread apart in a simple manner. To do this, the guide member (97) is suspended in a pivoting manner, with the aid of a vertical hinge (98) which is fastened to the rotor (2) along the edge of the metering face (3). The radial distance (100) from the axis of rotation (O) to the pivot point (99) must in this case be smaller than the corresponding radial distance (100) to the mass centre (102) of the pivoting guide member (97). Under the effect of the rotating movement of the rotor (2), the pivoting guide member (97) becomes directed radially outwards, but under the effect of a natural, slightiy fluctuating loading of the guide face (167) by the sti'eam of material (S r ), aceitain degree of reciprocating movement of the delivery end (168) can occur. The angle (±ξ) which the deliveiy end (168) then forms with respect to the radial line on which is situated the location of the pivot point (99) can be limited both forwards and backwards. The degree to which the delivery end (168) moves in the process can be controlled using the distance (169) between the pivot point (99) and the mass centre (102) of the pivoting guide member (97). The smaller this distance (169) is made, the more the movement of the deliveiy end (168) increases. A pivoting guide member (97) of this kind moreover has the advantage that the spiral movement (S) is affected to a lesser extent by the wear along the guide face (167). Figures 78 and 79 show that, in the event that the stream of material (S) exhibits an excessive spread owing to natural or other effects, this can be corrected using the subsequent guide member (12), which is disposed with the subsequent guide face (13) along at least a section of one side of the spiral stream of material (S). A subsequent guide member ( 12) of this kind makes it possible also to gain better control of the air movement, in addition to the stream of grains. It is necessary to prevent the stieam (S) which the grains describe from being affected excessively by air movements. The air in the cylindrical chamber (20) between the guide member (8) and the rotating impact member (14) has to flow at virtually the same velocity and along the same spiral stream (S) as the said material, so that, as it were, a dish of air is formed in the circular chamber (20), which dish rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said guide member (8) and rotating impact member (14). The centi'al feed, the guide face and the delivery end are each subject to different forces. The central feed is exposed to impact forces which concentrate on the start point and is further affected by both rolling and sliding friction. The guide face is exposed primarily to frictional forces which are mainly caused by sliding friction, the sliding friction increasing exponentially towards the end point of the guide face. The deliveiy end is exposed to a sudden (total) cessation of the normal loading at the moment at which the grains leave the delivery end, resulting in intense friction and wear. It is therefore preferred to design the various components of the guide member to be (geometrically) different specifically in such a manner that these components are best able to withstand the forces indicated. An important aspect is the selection of the construction materials. Ceramic materials offer advantageous possibilities in pai'ticulai' for the guide face. However, composite materials also offer advantageous possibilties. Figure 80 shows a wear pattern (198) as is developed along the guide face and delivery end of a guide member (171) which is made of hard metal, possibly a composite metal. As the wear increases, it becomes more and more concentrated on the centre of the guide face (172), the weai' increasing in the direction of the delivery end. A problem with a wear pattern (198) of this kind is, in addition to the cost aspect, that, owing to the fact that the material stieam becomes concentrated in the centre along the guide face ( 171 ), the movement of the material along the spiral stream (S) is also concentrated, with the result that the impacts against the impact face (15) of the rotating impact member (14) also become concentrated, so that irregular wear on the impact face (15) may arise, which can lead to an irregular impulse loading of the impacting material. Moreover, a concentration of the material stream (S d ) along the guide face (198) is the cause of the deterministic capacity of the guide member (14) decreasing. It is known that a guide face which is composed of ceramic material provides a more uniform wear pattern along the guide face. A drawback of ceramic is that it is not really intended for impact loading. Figure 81 diagrammatically shows a guide face with delivery end with a layered design, layers with a high weai' resistance (312) being stacked alternately on layers with a less high wear resistance (311); a structure of this kind is composed of at least five layers, with the bottom layer (313) and the top layer (310) made from a material with a high wear resistance. The wear now becomes concentrated along the layers (311) with the lower wear resistance, with the result that a number of guide channels (314) are formed, along which the material stieam is guided outwards and concentration is avoided or, as it were, spread. Figure 82 shows a guide member (501) with a layered design in which the layers (502) are disposed parallel to one another, at a slight acute angle (ε). This has the advantage that the material which moves outwards, under the influence of the centrifugal force, in a virtually horizontal direction (503) along the guide member (501) is essentially unable to form any guide channels (314), so that the weai' develops in a regular manner along the guide face and concentiation towai'ds the centre is avoided. It is preferred here to direct the angle (ε) at which the layers (502) are disposed towai'ds the outside, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), slightly downwards, the start point (504) of the layers along the guide face one gi'ain diameter (D') being brought downwards towards the end point (505). The angle (ε) at which the layers have to be disposed for this puipose essentially satisfies the equation: ε= arctan — D' A (weighed) average diameter of the granular material may be taken as the grain diameter (D'). Figure 83 shows a veiy diagrammatic cross-section of a rotor blade (506), the guide members (507), which are of layered design, along the conical metering face (508) being disposed inclined downwards slightly, which means that the guide members (507) of layered design do not have to be designed with inclined layers. An aπ'angement inclined slightly downwards in this way moreover has the advantage that the material is guided outwards in a more natural way. The guide members may here be disposed at the angle (ε) calculated above. The principle of integration means that the progress of the wear (192), with the shift of the spiral (S), as shown in Figures 84a, 84b and 84c, takes place simultaneously along both the guide surface (193) of the guide member (194), as far as possible are adapted to one another, specifically in such a manner that the wear (195) to the guide member (194) progresses, as it were, synchronously with the wear (192) to the rotating impact member (196), so that both elements (194)(196) are worn away and can be replaced virtually simultaneously. Figure 85 shows a further design of the impact segment, specifically in the form of an elongate, curved impact block (458), a top end (456), which functions as the impact side, being directed tiansversely to the spiral path (S) which the material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which rotates together with the guide member (455). In the process, the curvature (457) of the impact block (458) follows the course of the spiral path (459) which the material would describe if it were not impeded by the impact face (456), in such a manner that the impact face (456) remains directed tiansversely to the path (S) which the material describes when the impact face (456), under the influence of wear to the impact block (458), moves towards the rear. As indicated in Figure 86, it is necessaiy here for the curvature (465) of the impact block (463) to be coπ-ected, or integrated, when the spiral path (S — > S') which the material describes is shifted as a result of the wear along the delivery end (460) of the impact block (463). In this design, it is necessaiy to take into account the fact that the impact face (462), as the wear (461) to the delivery end (460) increases, shifts further to the rear (464) in the path (S ') of the grain and consequently the collision velocity increases. This can be corrected by periodically moving the impact face (464) forwards. It is more simple gradually to reduce the angular velocity, thus simultaneously saving energy. In relative terms, a very great amount of material can be processed using an element of this kind. However, it is also possible, and this is preferred, to design the shape and the positioning of the guide face of the guide segment to be curved towards the rear, in the longitudinal direction, when seen in the direction of rotation and when seen in the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the potential loading along the guide face is distributed more regularly, specifically in such a manner that the potential loading is virtually constant from the feed end to the discharge end of the guide member, so that the wear along the guide face is virtually uniform and so that the shape, i.e. the curvature, does not change significantly under the effect of the weai', but rather shifts in its entirety towards the rear, when seen in oU the direction of rotation. As shown in Figure 87, the design of the impact block can thus be integrated, in which case it is possible to design this impact block segment in the form of a curved impact block (466) with the axis (467) curved virtually, or at least strongly, in the direction along the circumference (168) along which the impact block (466) rotates. In a design of this kind, the radial distances from the axis of rotation (O) to respectively the location (469) from where the material leaves the guide face (470) and the location (471) to the axis (467) of the impact block (466), together with the selection of the materials from which the guide segment (470) and the impact block (466) are constructed, must be accurately adapted to one another. It is possible here, as shown in Figure 88, to design the guide member (470) in the form of parallel segments (471) positioned one behind the other, and also to design the impact block (472) in this way with segments (473), thus making it possible, in the event of irregular wear, to repair this along the various blades. A regular distribution of the weai' can also be achieved by making the impact member rotatable with a rotationally symmetrical impact face. Figure 89 shows an impact member (316) which is rotatable about a horizontal, outwardly directed axis (317), when seen from the axis of rotation (O), and is equipped with a cylindrical, rotationally symmetrical impact face (319). As indicated in Figures 90 and 91, the impact face (318) may be of conical design, the impact face (319), in cross- section, being curved in such a manner that the impacts in the plane of the rotation take place at an angle which is as far as possible peipendicular, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the impact member. The material which strikes a rotationally symmetrical impact face (319)(318) of this kind is in the process turned out of the plane of the rotation, so that the impact face is always freed for subsequent impacts. Figure 92 shows an impact member (323) which is rotatable about a vertical axis (324) and is equipped with a cylindrical, rotationally symmetrical impact face (325). The impacts against a spherical surface provide a high level of impulse loading for the granular material, and hence a high breaking probability. Figure 93 shows an impact member (326) which rotates about a horizontal axis (327), which is essentially in line with the spiral stream (S), and is equipped with a rotationally symmetrical impact face (328) in the form of a flat disc (329). Figure 94 diagrammatically shows the impact and the rebounding of the material at the location on the rotating impact face, which impact takes place at a predetermined angle (a) on a predetermined hit location (T) and with an impact velocity (V m ac( ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (TJ), the rebound behaviour being determined by the collision partners. Figure 95 diagrammatically shows the impact of the grain against the impact face (15) of the rotating impact member (14), and how this grain then comes off and is guided in a further stream (S resιduaI ). With the aid of the already calculated impact velocity (V m act ) and the impact angle (β), it is possible, with the aid of the coefficient of restitution, within the model shown, to calculate the rebound velocity (V resιduaI ) and the rebound angle (β r ). Figure 96 diagrammatically illustrates die movement of the grains between the rotating impact member (14) and the stationary impact member (16). The velocity (V resιdual ) of the material when it comes off the impact face (15) of the rotating impact member (14) is at least equal to the absolute transverse velocity, i.e. the tip velocity (V u ) of the rotating impact member (14). The impact against the collision face (17) of the stationaiy impact member (16) therefore takes place at a relatively great velocity, i.e. at a velocity (V ιon ) which is at least equal to, and often greater than, the velocity (V act ) at which the material hit the rotating impact member (14). Moreover, the impacts against the respective impact faces (15 — > 17) take place in quick succession and at an optimum impact angle. Depending on the position of the two impact faces (15 — > 17), the grains in the process have to cover a shorter (ΆΛ or longer (a 2 ) distance. Figure 97 shows the grain movements, i.e. the trajectories (74), which the grains describe between the rotating impact member (14) and the stationary impact member (16). The trajectories (174) which the grains describe together form, as it were, a trajectory plane (175). Figure 98 depicts the trajectory plane (175) in horizontal section. It is possible to differentiate here between an upper trajectory plane (176), a lower trajectory plane (177) and a trajectory turning point (K), the radius of which is equal to that of the inscribed circle (178) which the trajectories (174) describe. No impacts take place inside this inscribed circle (178) or trajectory turning point (K). It is furthermore important, since the trajectories between them cany out a type of "helical motion" (180) in the trajectory plane (174), as indicated in Figure 99, that the grains are first guided out of the upper ti'ajectory plane (176) to the lower trajectory plane (177), before they strike the collision face (17). It is necessaiy here to guide the grains over the edge (179) of the stationaiy impact member (16). At the location where the ti'ajectory plane (175) intersects this upper edge (179), the stiaight streams (R), i.e. the trajectories, of the grains can be affected. The grains with the short trajectories (a,) strike the top of the collision face (17) at a first radial distance from the axis of rotation (O), and the grains with the long trajectories (a 2 ) strike the bottom of the collision face (17) at a second radial distance which is gi'eater than the first radial distance. This can be taken into account when designing the stationary impact member (16), which for this puφose can be designed with an oblique upper edge (179). As has been stated, the method of the invention makes it possible to achieve relatively great impacts in quick succession, first against the impact face (15) and then against the collision face (17), using a relatively short guide member (8) and consequently with relatively low power consumption and, as a result, limited wear. This is achieved essentially by guiding the material in an uninterrupted spiral sti'eam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating impact member (14), through a co-rotating breaking chamber (20) which, as it were, is moving, in which breaking chamber (20) the movement of the impact face (15) is synchronized with the spiral movement (S) of the material in such a manner that the material strikes this impact face (15) without making contact with the edges of the rotating impact member (14), which peimits an essentially undisturbed, deterministic progress of the material movement and the first impact. If the material is guided out of the moving, rotating chamber (20), after the impact, in particular the upper edge (179) of the stationaiy impact member (16) provides an interfering influence. By extending the collision faces (17) as far as possible outwards, the number of collision faces (17) can be reduced considerably, as indicated in Figure 99, and thus so can the abovementioned interfering influence. By curving the collision faces (17) along an involute, it is possible to make the grains, when seen from a horizontal plane, impact as far as possible peφendicularly. As indicated above, the movement equations given apply to an idealized, resistance- free state. In reality, it is necessary, when determining the spiral stieam (S) which the material describes between the guide member (8) and the rotating impact member (14), when seen from a viewpoint which rotates together with the system, to take into account the effects of, inter alia, the friction of the material with parts of the system, the air resistance, air movements, any inherent rotation of the material and the force of gravity. Although the nature of the movement (S) does not change significantly under the influence of these factors - the material has a relatively great velocity and the distance which the material covers between the guide member (8) and the rotating impact member (14) is relatively short -, it is nevertheless necessary to take into account the fact that a certain degree of spread will occur in the streams (S) which the material describes between the location (W) where it leaves the guide member (8) and the location (T) where the material hits the rotating impact member (14). The method of the invention thus makes it possible, as indicated in Figure 100, to optimize the design parameters, namely the radial distances to the central feed (r , the length (£) of the guide member (8), including the length of the cential feed (£ ) and the guide face (£ ), the radial distance (ι ) before the said delivery end (11), the radial distance (r) to the rotating impact member (14), the instantaneous angle (θ) between the guide member (8) and the rotating impact member (14) and the angle (β) at which the impact face (15) has to be arranged. Furthermore, these parameters make it possible to arrange the stationary impact member (16) as effectively as possible in the straight stream (R residual ) which the material describes when it comes off the impact face (15), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. The method of the invention furthermore makes it possible to implement a number of principles which make it possible to optimize the process further, namely the principles of differentiation and segmentation. Since the impacts of the material against the various rotating impact members (14) form essentially individual processes, it is possible to load the material differently in these separate processes. Figure 101 shows the principle of differentiation, by means of which different loadings of this kind can be realized by comparison with an undifferentiated system (Figure 102). In the undifferentiated system (58), the impact members (14) are disposed at equal radial distances (r) and are distributed uniformly around the axis of rotation (angle θ). The impact intensity of each rotating impact member (14) is consequently identical. In the differentiated system, the impact members (38)(39) are positioned at dif- ferent radial distances (r')(r") in the spiral movement (θ')(θ"). Consequently, there are, as it were, a plurality of breaking processes with different intensities functioning simultaneously next to one another. The particles are hit at a lower collision velocity by the rotating impact member (39) which is disposed at a short radial distance (r')(θ') than by the rotating impact member (38) which is disposed at a greater radial distance (r")(θ"). The result is broken products with different gi'ain size distributions, which moreover are immediately mixed with one another again. The principle of differentiation consequently makes it possible to control to a considerable extent the grain size distribution. Figure 103 shows the gi'ain size distribution, for different impact velocities, which is obtained with a crusher in which the rotating impact members (14) are not disposed in a differentiated manner and function identically. In this figure, the cumulative amount (181) of material is shown on a smaller scale than the specified diameter (182). The grain size distribution of the broken material is indicated by cuive (183). As the collision velocity increases, the gi'ain size distiibution shifts in a direction (184) from a coarse (185) range to the fine (186) range and normally continues to ran continuously. The grain size distiibution can in this case essentially be affected only by the angular velocity (Ω). In this case, the gi'ain size distribution, by changing the velocity, can essentially only be shifted from coarse (185) to fine (186). It is not possible to affect the grain size distribution otherwise. Figure 104 shows the grain size distiibution, for a specific collision velocity, which is obtained with a crusher with a differentiated arrangement of the impact members. The grain size distribution of the broken material is shown by the curve (183). The figure further shows the sieve analyses of a relatively coarse, first broken product (187), which is produced with the rotating impact member at a short radial distance (r') and consequently a relatively low collision velocity, and the sieve analysis of a relatively fine second broken product (188), which is produced with the rotating impact member at a great radial distance (r") and consequently a relatively great impact velocity (V" nu act ), or at least an impact velocity (V" mι ac[ ) which is greater than the impact velocity (V' m act ) at which the first broken product is produced. The result is thus, as it were, two different broken products at the same time, namely a fine broken product (188) and a coarse broken product (187), which moreover are immediately mixed. The combination of the fine product (188) and the coarse product (187) here provides a broken product with a grain size distribution (189) which cannot be produced directly using a crusher with an undifferentiated aιτangement of the rotating impact members (14). In this way, it is basically possible to achieve "all possible" grain size distributions, including discontinuous grain size distributions (189), an example of which is given here. By making the radial distances (r^r ") at which the impact members are disposed adjustable, it is possible in this way substantially to control the grain size distribution. The principle of differentiation can be implemented further with the aid of the principle of segmentation. The material, when it is metered onto the rotor (2), is guided outwards, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), in a spiral movement (S r ), when seen from a viewpoint which rotates together with the rotor (2), which spiral movement (S r ) is directed backwards, when seen in the direction of rotation. Since the spiral movement (S r ) is intemipted by the guide members (8), there are formed, as shown in Figure 105, as it were, feed segments (32) of material which is moving outwards in a spiral stream (S r ) and is taken up by the central feed (9) of the guide members (8), from where it is accelerated and flung outwards. As shown, in the event that the start points (33) of the guide members (8) are situated at identical radial distances (R 0 ) from the axis of rotation (O) and are distributed regularly around the cential part of the rotor (2), the granular material from the cential part is also distributed regularly over the various feed segments (32) between the guide members (8). By varying the radial distances (r') (r") from the axis of rotation (O) to the central feed (30)(31) of the guide members (24)(25), as is shown in Figure 106, the effect is achieved that the feed segments (190)(191), from where the grains are fed to the guide members (24)(25), cover different areas, with the result that the various guide members (24)(25) are fed with different amounts of material. Less material is taken up by the guide member (24) which is disposed with the central inlet (30) at a gi'eater radial distance (r 0 ") from the axis of rotation (O) than by the guide member (25) which is disposed with the central inlet (32) at a shorter radial distance (r 0 * ) from the axis of rotation (O). This makes it possible to feed the rotating impact members (16), which are arranged in a differentiated manner at different radial distances (r')(r"), with different amounts of material, with the result that the quantities of coarse and fine broken product which are produced can be controlled further, and thus so can the grain size distribution. The method of the invention makes it possible to comminute granular material having dimensions between 3 mm (or even 1 mm) and about 100 mm, it being possible to achieve a high level of comminution; depending on circumstances, a degree of comminution of more than 25. To comminute material finer than 1 to 3 mm, the rotor and the stationary impact members must be disposed in a chamber (not shown here) in which a partial vacuum can be created, so that there is no hindrance from air resistance and air movements. An arrangement of this kind makes it possible to achieve extremely great fineness, down to less than 5 μm, with a relatively low power consumption and, by comparison with known systems, with relatively low weai'. Furthermore, the rotor and the stationaiy impact member may be disposed in a chamber (not shown here) in which a low temperature can be created. This makes it possible to increase considerably the brittleness of certain materials, with the result that a much better breaking probability is achieved. Naturally, it is also possible to set a high temperature and a high pressure in the chamber where the rotor and the stationaiy impact member are disposed; combinations of vacuum and high pressure with high and low temperatures are possible. The following figures show a number of embodiments according to the method of the invention for devices and a rotor for breaking granular material. All the rotors described are equipped here with four guide members and four associated impact members. It is clear that the rotors may be equipped with fewer and, within practical limits, with more guide members and associated impact members. It is also clear that the various components which are described for the various devices may be combined with one another in other ways and that all the rotors described may function without a stationaiy impact member. 86 Figure 107 and 108 diagrammically show a first embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way. The material to be broken is fed centrally onto the top of the rotor (52) via a feed pipe (200). The rotor (52) bears four guide members (58), which are distributed evenly and are disposed at a radial distance around the axis of rotation (O). Each of the guide members (58) is provided with a centi'al feed (59), guide face (60) and delivery end (61). The stieam of material (S r ) which is metered onto the central part of the rotor (52) is accelerated with the aid of the relatively short guide members (58) in the direction of the rotatable impact members (64), which are associated with each guide member (58) and are disposed, at a greater radial distance from the guide members (58), along the edge (201) of the rotor (52), and are supported by the said rotor (52). From a coordination system which is fixed with respect to the rotor (52), the material, when seen from a viewpoint which moves along with the rotatable impact member (64), moves along the spiral path (S) towards the impact fact (65) of the rotatable impact member (64). Thus in this case, when seen in the plane of the rotation and when seen from a viewpoint which moves along, the impact face (65) is directed virtually transversely to the spiral sti'eam (S) of material. After impact against the rotatable impact member (64), the stream of material is accelerated again by the rotatable impact member (64) and is flung at great speed against a stationaiy armoured ring (202), which is aπ'anged around the rotor (52) and is fastened against the outer wall (203) of the crusher housing (204). The armoured ring (202) comprises separate segments (205) which are each provided with an impact face (206) which is aπ'anged virtually transversely in the straight stieam (R) which the material describes when it comes off the rotatable impact member (65), when seen from a stationary viewpoint. The stationary armoured ring (202) as a whole therefore has a sort of knurled shape. In this embodiment, a stieam (S)(R) of material is subjected to direct multiple (double) loading, the impacts taking place at a virtually peipendiculai' angle. Figure 109 and 110 diagrammically show a second embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way. The material to be broken is metered onto a stationaiy plate (208) centrally above the rotor (207), via a feed pipe (200), which plate intemipts the fall of the stieam of material. The material then flows to a following horizontal plate (209) situated at a lower level, which is provided in the centre, centrally above the rotor (207), with a round opening (210), through which the material, via an opening (212) in the centre of a first rotor blade (211), is moved onto the metering face (213) of a second rotor blade (214), which second rotor blade (214) is supported by the same shaft (215) as the first rotor blade (211), but has a smaller diameter than the first rotor blade (211 ). The second rotor blade (214) is connected to the first rotor blade (211) by means of projections (216) which are disposed behind the guide members (217). The metering face (213) is designed in the form of an upright cone, so that the material is guided outwards in a flowing movement, towards the relatively short guide members (217) which are disposed along the edge (218) of the second rotor blade (214). The stieam of material (S c ) is accelerated with the aid of the guide member (217) and is flung outwards from the delivery end (219) and guided along a spiral path (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotor (207), freely through the air in the direction of a rotatable impact member (220) which is associated with the said guide member (217) and is freely suspended, at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the guide member (217), along the bottom of the edge (221) of the first rotor blade (211). After the material has struck the impact face (222) of the said freely suspended, rotatable impact member (220) and has come off the latter, the stream of material (R) strikes the collision faces (223) of stationaiy impact members (224) which stand in the straight path (R) which the material now describes, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. These stationary impact members (224) are fastened to the outer wall (225) of the rotor housing (226). The impact face (222) of the rotatable impact members (220) is directed slightly obliquely inwai'ds and slightly obliquely downwards, in such a manner that the material is guided, from the periphery (221) which the rotatable impact member (220) describes, obliquely downwards out of the rotor (207), along a straight, virtually tangential stream (R). The collision faces (223) of the stationaiy impact members (224) are curved concavely, in accordance with the involute which the stream (R) describes from the said periphery (221), so that the impacts of the grains from the stream of material (R), when seen from the plane of the rotation, take place as far as possible at a perpendicular angle. In the vertical plane, the collision face (223) can be tilted in such a manner that the impacts take place as far as possible at an angle of between 80 and 85°. The stationary impact member (227) is arranged along the bottom of the edge (220) of the rotatable impact members (220) and is continued outwai'ds, so that the number of stationaiy impact members (224) is limited as far as possible. Furthermore, the collision faces (223) are continued upwards to some extent along the outside of the rotatable impact members (220), so that there too material can be taken up. The freely suspended, rotatable impact members (220) have the advantage that there is no hindrance from rebounding material, while this design permits simple suspension of the rotatable impact members (220). oo Figure 111 and 112 diagrammically show a third embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, and at the same time treating the grain shape of the broken product. The material to be broken is metered onto a stationary plate (230) centrally above the rotor (229), via a feed pipe (200), which plate interrupts the fall of the material. The plate (230) is designed in the form of an upright cone, so that the material is guided further in a flowing movement. The material flows along the plate (230) to a subsequent plate (231), which is disposed in the centre, centrally above the rotor (229), and is provided with a round opening (232), through which the material is moved evenly onto the metering face (233) of the rotor (229), which metering face (233) is likewise designed as an upright cone. The stream of material (S r ) is accelerated along guide members (234) which are disposed along the edge (235) of the rotor (229), and, from there, in free flight, are guided to the associated impact members (236) which, at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the impact members (234), are fastened to aims (237) which are supported by the rotor (229). After the stream of material (S) has struck the impact face (238) of the rotatable impact members (236) and comes off it, the material is guided into a trough structure (239), which is disposed around the outside of the rotatable impact members (236), with the opening (240) directed inwards. Abed of the same material (241) builds up in the trough structure (239), against which bed of material the material then impacts. The autogenous action, i.e. the intensive rubbing of the grains against one another, provides a high level of cubicity of the broken product As depicted diagrammatically, the stream of material (R), after it comes off the rotatable impact member (236), may be guided, depending on the angle at which the impact face (238) is disposed in the vertical direction, towards the autogenous bed (241) respectively in a horizontal movement (241), a movement directed obliquely upwards (242) and a movement directed obliquely downwards (243). This makes it possible to adapt the autogenous process, together with the aιτangement of the height of the trough stracture (239), to the material. In the event of a large number of fine particles being formed, the autogenous bed (241) has the tendency to take up too much fine material, with the result that the bed, as it were, dies. This can be partially prevented by arranging the bed somewhat higher and guiding the stream of material (242) slightly obliquely upwards into the bed (241). In the event that not so many fine particles are formed, the autogenous bed (241) may be aπanged at a lower level and the material can be guided into this bed obliquely from above (243), so that the autogenous intensity is increased. For this puipose, the device is equipped with a trough structure (239) whose height (244) can be adjusted. Figure 113 and Figure 114 diagramatically show a fourth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way. The material is fed centrally above the rotor (246), via a feed pipe (200), onto a stationary, round plate (245), which is provided along the edge (247) with an upright rim, so that a bed of material is formed on the plate (245), limiting the wear to the plate. The stream of material is guided further, along the bed of the same material thus formed, to a rotor (246) which is designed in accordance with the second embodiment (207). After the stream of material comes off the rotatable impact member (220), it is guided further to collision faces (248) of stationary impact members (251), which are fastened around the outside of the rotatable impact members (220), along the wall (250) of the crusher housing (249). The collision faces (248) are curved in accordance with the involute which the stream of material (R) describes from the periphery which the rotatable impact members (220) describe. In the vertical plane, the collision faces (248) can be arranged slightly inclined towards the rear, so that the stream of material (R), which is directed slightly obliquely downwards (252) from the impact face (222), strikes this collision face (248) virtually peφendicularly. Horizontal plates (253) may be fastened along the bottom of these stationary impact members (251). This results in the formation, below and along the front of the involute collision face (248), of a rim (254) on which material accumulates and, therefore, builds up an autogenous bed against the involute collision face (248). This design, which, by making the plates (253) along the bottom of the stationaiy impact members (251) removable, can be used in accordance with the steel-on-steel principle and the steel- on-stone principle, thus makes it possible largely to protect the collision face (248) from wear, while nevertheless bringing about an intensive working of the material. Figures 115 and 116 diagrammatically show a fifth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the second embodiment. The rotor (330) thereof, which has guides (331), is suspended from a disc (332) with a central hole (333). The rotor (330) is situated beneath this cential hole (333) in the disc (332). On its circumference, the disc (332) rests by means of a radial bearing (334) on the casing (335) of the impact crusher. The breaking plates (336) are also attached to this casing. The annular disc (332) bears a number of wheels (337), the vertical axle (338) of which is mounted in the disc (332). The axle (338) is also connected to a motor (339). The circumference of each wheel (337) rolls in a supported manner along a running track (340) attached to the inside of the drum (335). By driving the wheels (337) with the motors (339) in the same direction, a rotational movement of the annular disc (332), and hence of the rotor (330), is generated. Figure 117 and Figure 118 diagrammatically show a sixth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor (384) being designed essentially in accordance with the third embodiment. The impact member (320) is designed as a rotating, rotationally symmetrical impact member which is accommodated in a frame (341). This frame (341) is attached to the arm (342). The rotatable impact member (320) comprises a roll (343) with an externally curved surface. This roll (343) is accommodated in a rotatable manner, by means of bearings (344)(345), on an axle (346), both ends of which are accommodated in the frame (341). The material coming off the guides (347) collides with the surface of the rolls (343). Since the axial line of the rolls (343) is situated slightly above or below the path of the flung-off material to be broken, the rolls (343) are set in rotation. This results in the broken material being diverted downwards, while in addition the entire surface of each roll (343) is loaded uniformly in the circumferential direction. Figure 119 and Figure 120 diagrammatically show a seventh embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the third embodiment. The rotor (349) is equipped with guides (350) and aims (351), to which roll-shaped, rotationally symmetiical impact members (352) with a vertical axis of rotation (353) are attached. Here too, the material to be broken coming off the guides (350) is able to set the rolls (352) in rotation. This results in the material being diverted, for example in the direction of the breaking plates (354). In addition, the entire surface of the rolls (352) is loaded uniformly. Figure 121 and Figure 122 diagrammatically show an eighth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the third embodiment. The rotor (355) is equipped with guides (356) and arms (357), to which disc-like impact members (358) with a horizontal axis of rotation (359) are attached. By this means too, the entire surface of the discs (358) is loaded uniformly. It is clear that the sixth, seventh and eighth embodiments may also be combined with other embodiments, and this, of course, also applies to the embodiments described previously and subsequently. Figures 123 and 124 diagrammatically show a ninth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the collision means not being formed by an impact member but by a second part of the material. In this case, material is flung outwards, from the rotor blade (370) at two different radial distances (r^r '), specifically in such a manner that the stieams of grains (361)(362), which are at different velocities, cross one another, with the particles hitting one another. The first stream of grains (361) is accelerated along a first guide face (363) and the second stream of grains (362) is accelerated along a second guide face (364), the discharge end (365) of the second guide face (364) lying at a radial distance outside that of the first discharge end (366), while the discharge end (365) of the second guide face (364), when seen from a rotating position, is situated behind that of the first discharge end (366). The angle (θ') which the two radials (367)(368) form is selected in such a manner that the first stream of grains (361) passes by the outside of the discharge end (365) of the second guide member (364), so that the two streams of grains (361)(362) hit one another at a location (369), at a great radial distance (ι ") and when seen in the direction of movement (370), behind the discharge end (365) of the second guide face (364). After the collision of the two stieams of grains (369), the material is taken up in an autogenous ring (361) situated behind it, i.e. a trough structure with the opening directed towards the inside, where an autogenous bed of material is formed. Figure 125 diagrammatically shows a tenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed in accordance with the principle of the ninth embodiment. This design is equipped with guide members (372)(373) with different lengths, the short guide members (372) being designed with a straight guide face (374) and the long guide members (373) being disposed tangentially and aπanged in the form of a chamber vane (375). It is possible, according to a second variant of the method of the invention, to allow two or more identical systems to rotate about the same axis of rotation (100). Figure 126 and Figure 127 diagrammatically show an eleventh embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way. The design is identical to the second design, but is equipped with two systems (446)(447), which both rotate in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation (O). After it comes off the collision face (448) of the first system (446), which is situated above the second system (447), the material is taken up and guided to the metering face (448) of the second system (447). The radial distances from the axis of rotation (O) to the start and the end of the guide member (449)(450) and the corresponding radial distances (449)(450) to the impact members (453)(454) may be made different for the two systems, in which case it is preferred for the radial distance (450) from the axis of rotation (O) to the rotatable impact member (454) of the second system (447) to be made greater than that (449) of the first system (446), so that the impact in the second system (447) takes place with a greater intensity than in the first system (446). Figures 128 and 129 diagrammatically show a twelfth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor (389) being designed essentially in accordance with the second embodiment. In this embodiment, the systems rotate about the same vertically disposed axis of rotation (O), at the same velocity and in the same direction (376). A first part (377) of the material is guided from the first receiving disc (378), via a first guide member (379), to the impact member (380), while the second part (381) of the material is guided from a second receiving disc (382), situated at a lower level, via a second guide member (383), which is positioned directly beneath the first guide member (379), to the same impact member (380). The impact face (384) of the impact member (380) is for this puipose extended downwards, so that both streams of grains (377)(381) hit the same impact face (384). This aιτangement has the advantage that the capacity is increased considerably, while the impacts of the material against the impact face (384) of the impact member (380) are more spread out. Both streams of grains (377)(381) are guided from the impact face (384) towai'ds a stationary impact member, which may be designed as a stationaiy impact segment (385) or as a trough stracture (386) in which an autogenous bed (387) of the same material builds up. In addition, a third part (388) of the material may be guided along the front of the bed of autogenous material (387), this third part being hit by material from the first stream of grains (377) and the second stieam of grains (381), after which the three stieams of grains (377)(381)(388) strike the autogenous bed of the same material (387). Figure 130 and 131 diagrammatically show a thirteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way. In this embodiment, the systems (390)(391) are inverted with respect to one another, hence forming a mirror image of one another, the systems rotating about the same axis of rotation (O), at the same angular velocity but in opposite directions. Here too, a first part of the material (392) is guided from a first receiving disc (394), by means of a first guide member (394), to a first impact member (395), and a second part (396) of the material is guided from a second receiving disc (397), by means of a second guide member (398), to a second impact member (399). The method of the invention makes it possible to direct the impact faces of the impact members (395)(399) obliquely towards one another, specifically in such a manner that the paths of the material from the first system (400) and the second system (401), after they respectively come off the first impact member (395) and the second impact member (399), intersect or cross one another at a location (402) which is radially outside the location (403) where the first impact face (395) and the second impact face (399) cross one another. At that location, concentrated collision areas (404) are formed, the number of collision areas (404) corresponding to the total of the number of impact members (395)(399) in the first system (390) and the second system (391). Since the radial velocity of the materials, at the instant at which they hit one another in the collision areas (4O4), is virtually identical, the stieams of material collide with one another at full velocity. The impulse loading of the collision partners (400)(401) is therefore extremely great while, since the process is autogenous, there is no weai'. Since the collision areas (404) are situated at fixed locations radially around the outside of the impact members (395)(399), it is possible to dispose semicircular collection locations (405) radially outside the collision areas (494), in which collection locations semicircular impact faces (406) of the same material build up, which the material then sti'ikes, primai'ily with the remaining radial velocity component. This process also proceeds autogenously, i.e. without significant wear and has a relatively gi'eat intensity. It is possible in this process to introduce a third part (407) of the material into the collision area (404) from above, from a stationaiy feed. This material is then loaded with gi'eat intensity by the material streams from the first system (400) and the second system (401). The third stieam (407) can then be struck by the first stream (400) and the second stieam (401) simultaneously or after the first stream (400) and the second stream (401) have collided with one another. The three streams (400) (401) (407) then together strike the bed of the same material (406). In this way, a very effective collision process is realized, a veiy gi'eat impulse loading being produced with the use of relatively little energy and limited wear, this loading being distributed evenly over the first part (400), the second part (401) and the third part (407) of the material. In this thirteenth embodiment, the first system is essentially designed in accordance with the second embodiment and the second system is essentially designed in accordance with the first embodiment. Figures 132 and 133 diagrammatically show a fourteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the thirteenth embodiment. This embodiment is essentially identical to the thirteenth embodiment, with the angular velocities of the first system (408) and the second system (409) being oppositely directed but not identical. As a result, the collision areas (404) are not concentrated radially around the outside of the impact members (411)(412), but rather there is a continuous shift, in an area radially around the outside of the impact members (411)(412), of the location (413) where the first portion (414) and the second portion (415) of the material hit one another. The bed of the same material (416) must therefore be disposed radially around the outside of the locations (413) where the first stream of material (414) and the second stieam of material (415) hit one another. This third combination is less effective than the second combination, but is easier to construct. Here too, a third part (417) of the material may be guided in the vertical direction around the collision area (494). Figure 134 diagrammatically shows a fifteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way. The material is introduced onto the metering face (418) of a first system (419) and, after it comes off the impact face (420) of this system (419), which is preferably designed in accordance with the thirteenth embodiment, is guided in a direction which is inclined downwards, out of this first system (419), after which the material strikes the impact face (421) of a second system (422), which is disposed beneath the first system (419) and rotates in the opposite direction to, but about the same axis of rotation (O), as the first system (419). After the material comes off the impact face (421) of the second system (422), it is guided in a path to a stationary impact member (423). Figure 135 and Figure 136 diagrammatically show a sixteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the second embodiment, the rotor (52) being equipped with a preliminary guide member and a subsequent guide member. The rotor (255) is similar to the rotor (207) which is described in the second embodiment, but is provided with preliminary guide members (257), which are associated with the guide members (217) and extend from a central inlet (258), which is positioned in the direction of rotation immediately behind the central feed (259) of the guide member (217), in a direction of the central feed (260) of the guide member (261) which follows in the direction of rotation. The preliminary guide face (262) of the preliminary guide member (257) is curved along the natural spiral stieam (S r ) which the material describes at that location on the rotor (255), the delivery location (263) of the preliminary guide member (257) lying at a greater radial distance (264) from the axis of rotation (O) than (265) the cential inlet (258). Furthermore, a subsequent guide member (264) is disposed on the outside, i.e. in the direction of rotation along the front of the spiral path (S) which the material describes between the guide member (217) and the impact member (220). The aim of the preliminary guide member (257) and the subsequent guide member (264) is to guide the material more effectively along the respective spiral streams (S^S), and to prevent, at least as far as possible, material from moving along the outside of this stream. Figure 137 and Figure 138 diagrammatically show a seventeenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the second embodiment, it being possible for the guide members (266) to be disposed at different radial distances from the axis of rotation (O). The rotor (265) is essentially similar to the rotor (207) which is described in the second embodiment, with the exception of the impact members (220)(267), due to the fact that two impact members (267), which are arranged opposite one another and are fastened to the first rotor blade (211) along the bottom of the outer edge (221), are adjustable, so that they can be disposed at different (268), but, with regard to the balancing, equal radial distances from the axis of rotation (O) by comparison with the other two impact members (220) arranged opposite one another. At the same time, by selecting the guide member (217), the mutually opposite cential feeds of the guide members (217) can be disposed at different radial distances (267)(268) from the axis of rotation (O). A rotor (265) of this kind makes it possible to distribute the stieam of material which is metered onto the rotor (265) in different quantities to the associated guide members (217)(269), from which guide members (217)(269) the respective streams are guided to rotatable impact members (220)(267), which are disposed at different radial distances (267)(268) from the axis of rotation (O), so that the grains from the respective streams impact at different velocities. As a result, the different streams are subjected to different loads. This makes it possible to control to a large extent the grain size distribution of the broken material. Figure 139 and Figure 140 diagrammatically show an eighteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor essentially being designed in accordance with the third embodiment, the guide members (270) being suspended in a hinged manner. The rotor (271) is essentially similar to the rotor (229) which is described in the third embodiment, with the exception of the guide members (270), which are fastened to the rotor (271) by a vertical hinge (272), at a distance from the axis of rotation (O), the pivot point (273) lying at a shorter distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the mass centie (274) of the pivoting guide member (270). The delivery end (275) of a pivoting guide member (270) of this kind may, in the plane of the rotation, execute a certain level of reciprocating movement (277), under the effect of the varying loading of the stream (S r )(S b ) of material which is guided along the guide face (276) of the rotatable impact member (270), with the result that the impacts against the impact face (238) of the rotatable impact member (236) are spread to a certain extent, so that a more even wear pattern is obtained on this impact face (238). The magnitude of the reciprocating movement (277) can be controlled by selecting the distance (278) between the axis of rotation (O) and the mass centre (274), the reciprocating movement (277) increasing as this distance is made shorter. Furthermore, it is possible to limit the reciprocating movement (277) in the respective directions. Naturally, hinged guides may also be employed in other embodiments. Figure 141 and Figure 142 diagrammatically show a nineteenth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the first embodiment, which is designed with an S-shaped guide member (280), a jet of arr being guided along the impact face (221). The rotor (279) is essentially similar to the rotor (207) described in the second embodiment, with the exception of the guide members (280), which are designed differentiy, while air-guidance members (281) are disposed above the impact members (220). The guide members (280) are designed with a cential feed (282), which lies as an extension of the spiral movement which the material describes at that location on the rotor (279), which centi'al feed (282) is bent forwards in the direction of rotation and merges seamlessly into a straight guide face (283) which is directed slightly backwards in the direction of rotation, which guide face (283) merges seamlessly into a deliveiy end (284) which is bent backwards in the direction of rotation, and specifically is bent so far that this deliveiy end (284) lies as a "natura" continuation of the spiral path (S) which the material describes between d e guide member (280) and the impact member (220). A guide member (280) of this kind means that the material is taken up uniformly by the central feed (282) and is guided in a flowing movement to the guide face (283). Since the guide face (283) is directed slightly backwards, the stieam of material (S r ) is directed, but it is not accelerated too much. The material comes off the backwardly bent delivery end (284) in a "natura" manner, and is guided in the intended, essentially deterministic path (S) at a relatively low velocity. Slotlike openings (286) are arranged in the first rotor blade (211), along the front of the impact faces (221) of the rotatable impact members (220), above which openings a tube (287) is arranged, with the opening (302) in the direction of rotation, through which opening (302), during the rotational movement, air is taken up, which air is blown through the slot-like opening (286) at gi'eat speed, along the impact face (221) from the top downwards. This achieves the effect that the material, after impact, is moved in a stream which is directed downwards, as far as possible peφendicularly, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the impact face (221). S-shaped guide members, which are preferred in the devices according to the method of the invention, may, of course, also be employed in other embodiments. Figure 143 andFigure 144 diagrammatically show a twentieth embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking gi'anular material or processing it in some other way, which can be employed in any embodiment. The rotor (288) comprises two rotor blades (289)(290), which are supported by the same shaft (291) and have the same diameter. The first, upper rotor blade (290) is provided in the centre with an opening (292), through which the material can be metered onto the metering face (293) of the second rotor blade (289). This metering face (293) is designed in the form of an upright cone. Between the rotor blades (289)(290) there are clamped, as it were, four guide members (294) with associated preliminary guide members (295) and subsequent guide members (296) and impact members (297), at respectively greater radial distances from the axis of rotation (O). The two rotor blades (289)(290) are connected to one another by projections (297)(298), which are disposed behind the guide members (294)(298) and impact members (267)(297). Along the edge (299) of the second rotor blade (289), segment-like sections (301) are taken out of the second rotor blade (289) along the front of the impact faces (300), so that d e material is not impeded when it is guided out of the rotor (290) from the impact faces (300). The first rotor blade (290) is equipped with air-guidance members (281), as described in the embodiment with the S- 9o shaped guide members (279). Figure 145 and Figure 146 diagrammatically show a twenty-first embodiment, according to the method of the invention, for a device for breaking granular material or processing it in some other way, the rotor being designed essentially in accordance with the second embodiment, the rotor being equipped with two rotor blades. The material is introduced through an opening (210) in the centre of the first, upper rotor blade (211), onto the metering face (213) of a second rotor blade (214), from where, with the aid of a guide member (217), it is guided, from the edge (218) of this second rotor blade (214), along a first spiral stieam (S), in the direction of a first rotating impact member (425), which is suspended, at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the edge (218) of the second rotor blade (214), beneath the first rotor blade (211). When the material comes off this first impact member (425), it is guided in a second spiral path (S') in the direction of a second rotating impact member (227), which is attached, at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the first rotating impact member (425), along the bottom edge of the first rotor blade (211), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact members (425)(227). After the material comes off this second rotating impact member (227), the material is guided in a stiaight path (R c ) towards the stationary impact member (224), when seen from a stationary viewpoint. Figure 147 shows a device in the form of a crusher housing (531), in which there is disposed a rotating system which is driven by means of V-belts (533) using an electric motor (532). Figure 148 shows another aπangement in a crasher housing (534), the rotating systems being driven by an electric motor (535) which is directly connected to the axle (536). In the breaking chambers (531)(534), it is possible to work under atmospheric conditions and at normal temperatures. If the material being processed produces a large amount of dust, it is preferred to employ a limited pressure reduction in the breaking chamber by extracting air at the location of the outlet (537). It is also possible to create a partial vacuum in the breaking chambers (531)(534), making it possible to process and produce ultiafine material. It is also possible in this process to create a low temperature in the breaking chambers (531)(534), by means of an injection of, for example, liquid nitrogen, thus making the material to be broken more brittle, as a result of which it breaks more easily. The method of the invention thus permits direct multiple impulse loading of a stieam of material with great intensity and in an essentially deterministic manner. Due to the fixed location of the impact face, with respect to the fixed location where the grains leave (are yy "launched" from) the guide member at a predetermined take-off angle (α) and at a take-off velocity (v abs ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω), and the fact that the spiral path which the particle describes between the guide member and the impact member is not affected by the angular velocity (Ω), it is always ensured that all the partic- les hit the said impact face uniformly: the particles which leave the guide member one after the other are mostly hit by the impact face one after the other, at virtually the same hit point (T), at a velocity (V^ ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω) and at virtually the same angle (β). We are thus dealing with an essentially deterministic process, the stieam of material leaving the guide member: at a predetermined take-off angle (α); at a predetermined take-off location (W); at a take-off velocity (v abs ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω); after which the stieam of material strikes the impact member: at a predetermined impact angle (β); at a predetermined impact location (T); at an impact velocity (V bn ac( ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω); after which the material is guided in an essentially deterministic, straight path and, without the need to provide extra energy, strikes the collision face of a stationary impact member: at an essentially predetermined impact angle; at a collision velocity (V collisjon ) which is at least as great as the impact velocity (V bn P . All the devices and components of devices shown may be employed, as well as for breaking and comminuting materials, also, in the form indicated or in components of the form indicated, for other puφoses. The method of the invention thus makes it possible to allow a material, in the form of separate grains and particles, a stieam of grains and particles, optionally a plurality of streams of grains and particles, but also liquid in the form of drops or a stieam and mixtures of grains, particles and liquid, to strike an impact member with high accuracy, at a defined angle and at a defined location, it being possible to control the impact velocity accurately, within very wide limits, with the aid of the angular velocity. The method of the invention is also suitable for collision processes in which materials such as beans, cereals, nuts and the like are involved. The method of the invention is therefore eminently suitable for breaking granular and paniculate material in an essentially deterministic manner, it being possible to make opti- mum use of the high residual velocity (V^,^,) which the material still possesses when it comes off the impact face. The method of the invention makes it possible to control the level of comminution as well as the grain size distribution of the broken product accurately and within very wide limits while nevertheless achieving a high capacity; on the other hand, the intensity of the impulse loading can be increased considerably, with the object of pulverizing material as finely as possible. In a chamber in which a partial vacuum prevails, the method of the invention is eminently suitable for comminuting particles to an extremely great fineness, in which case it is possible to produce relatively great amounts (capacity) of extremely fine material. The high level of deteiminism of the comminution process makes it possible to load material in a virtually identical manner each time. This makes the method of the invention eminently suitable for the comminution of material (samples of material) which are involved in a laboratory experiment. By making use of the rebound behaviour of the material, which is determined by the coefficients of restitution of the collision partners, the method of the invention can be used in a simple manner to sort a stieam of gi'anular material on the basis of its rebound behaviour or its elasticity. It is also possible to separate a stieam of material on the basis of its hardness with great accuracy, i.e. on the basis of that portion of the sti'eam of material which does not break and does break under a specific impulse loading (impact velocity V^ act ). Furthermore, the method of the invention is suitable for treating the surface of granular material. Possible examples here are the removal of deposits of material of a different sort which has become attached to the surface of grains. A particularly advantageous application is that of allowing the material, with the aid of the residual velocity (V residual ), to strike a bed of the same material, thus resulting in an intensive treatment of the grains and a high level of cubicity of the broken product without essentially having to add extra energy to the comminution process. The method of the invention is also suitable for bringing a stieam of material to speed, for example for the puipose of sand-blasting. Furthermore, it is possible to process (comminute) a plurality of types of material simultaneously, in which process these materials become mixed intensively. Furthermore, the method of the invention makes it possible to test and investigate material for hardness, in which case it is possible accurately to study the breaking behaviour. The impact of the material against an impact face can be established with the aid of a highspeed camera. In this case, it is also possible to investigate the air resistance which a material undergoes. It is possible here to subject a material, during a specific time, optionally with intervals, to changing loads (impact velocities) using changing quantities and types of material. On the other hand, it is possible to investigate and test not the impacting material but (also) the material which the accelerated material sti'ikes. Consideration may be given here to the performance of a material under impact loading from grains and particles, such as dust and hail, drops, such as rain, but also the impact of liquids. The investigation may in this case be directed at the surface, but also at the failure of sheet material; or else it is possible to investigate the load which is required to make a hole in a material. The testing may be directed either at a disc or plate or at an object. Thus the influence which the shape has on the performance of material or an object can be investigated. The method of the invention is also suitable for accurately working an object, which then, as it were, functions as an impact member. Consideration may be given here to treating a surface, for example cleaning this surface by means of blasting, but also to treating an object, for example a weld seam, in a targeted manner. This object may move during the treatment process, for example by means of self-rotation, in which case the impact velocity and the quantity and type of material which strike the object can be controlled systematically. Also, an object or metal can be deformed accurately along the surface by means of impact loading, for example with the aim of prestressing the material or object along its surface. The method of the invention even makes it possible to move an object in a spiral path and to allow it to strike accurately against another object or material; the influence of the shape of the two collision partners can thus be included in the investigation. It is even possible here to simulate the impact of a material against an object, or of an object against an object. Naturally, all the application areas indicated are possible both under atmospheric conditions and in a chamber in which a partial vacuum prevails, at high or low temperature, and under excess pressure. Naturally, combinations of these are also possible. The following notations have been used in the text and are explained as follows. θ = included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material (S) leaves (r,) the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the said as yet uncollided stream of - 102 - material (S) stiikes the rotating impact member (r), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along and on the understanding that a negative value of this angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said guide member. β = the said included angle of impact with the said impact face, at the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material hits the said impact face, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member. β' = the said included angle with the said impact face, at the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material hits the said impact face, when seen in the plane of the rotation, and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member, forms with the line which is directed peφendicular to the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member β " = the said included angle of impact with the said impact face, when seen in the plane of the rotation, at the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material hits the said impact face, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member. β'" = the said included angle of impact with the said impact face, when seen from the plane directed peipendicular to the plane of rotation, at the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material hits the said impact face, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member. V rel = relative velocity of the movement of the stieam of material, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member V m ac( = relative velocity at which the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material strikes the said impact face, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member v abs = absolute velocity of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material on leaving the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint v r = radial velocity component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) v = transverse velocity component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) v' = transverse velocity component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation than the location where the stieam of material leaves the guide member v' r = radial velocity component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation than the location where the stream of material leaves the guide member V r = radial velocity component of the relative velocity (V rel ) at the moment at which the stream of material leaves the guide member and is equal to v r V' r = radial velocity component of the relative velocity ( V reI ) at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation than the location at which the stieam of material leaves the guide member and is equal to v' r V" r = radial velocity component of the relative velocity (V rel ) at a radial distance from the axis of rotation where the relative velocity (V rel ) of the stream of material is equal to v abs V' t = relative transverse velocity component of the relative velocity (V) at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation than the location where the stream of material leaves the guide member v ( . = peripheral velocity of the said location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) V' ti = peripheral velocity of the said location where the said collided material is situated after it leaves the said guide member (relative tip velocity), when seen from a viewpoint which rotates together with the said rotating impact member r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said stieam of d e said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotating impact member intersect one another τ l - the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member r 0 = the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the central feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation r c = the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the cential feed merges into the guide face j = radial component of the said impact velocity j -ø = transverse component of the said impact velocity α = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angulai' velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r j ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member α 0 = the included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location where the stream of material leaves the guide member and the movement of the sti'eam of material at the moment at which it leaves the guide member. - 104 - φ = the angle between the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (the said tip of the said guide member), when seen from a stationary position at the moment at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, and the radial line to the location where the said as yet uncollided material hits the said rotating impact member for the first time, when seen from a stationary position f = the ratio of, on the one hand, the magnitude of the velocity of the location on the guide member where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) and, on the other hand, the magnitude of the component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material parallel to the tip velocity, i.e. the product of cos(α) and the magnitude of the absolute velocity (v abs ) on leaving the said guide member p = the path covered by the said as yet uncollided stieam of material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material strikes the said rotating impact member £ c = minimum length of the centi'al feed, which is given as the difference between the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r 0 ) to the location where the centi'al feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation and the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r . ) to the location where the centi'al feed merges into the guide face £ = the minimum length of the guide face, which is given as the difference between the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r.) to the location where the central feed merges into the guide face and the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the guide face merges into the delivery end χ = the angle between the radial line on which is situated the location where the cential feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation and the radial line on which is situated the location where the material hits the guide member which follows in the direction of rotation V a = the radial velocity component of the grain on the rotor at a radial distance (r 0 ) from the axis of rotation where the central feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation Ω = the angulai- velocity of the rotor R = the stiaight stream which the material describes after it comes off the guide member, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint R c = the stream which the material describes on the central part of the rotor before it is taken up by the cential feed, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint R d = the steam which the material describes along the guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint S = the spiral stieam which the material describes after it comes off the guide member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member S c = the spiral stream which the material describes on the central part of the rotor before it is taken up by the central feed, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said impact member S d = the stream which the material describes along the guide member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the rotating member K = the angle between the radial line on which is situated the location where the central feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation and the radial line on which is situated the location where the material leaves the guide member ξ = the angle on which are situated the radial lines to the locations on the delivery end, where the material leaves the pivoting guide member, which are situated furthest forwards and furthest backwards in the direction of rotation. t w = the tangent or contact line on the circumference which is described by the location where the material leaves the guide member C = the path which the rotating impact member describes ε = the angle at which the layers, which are stacked on top of one another, of a guide member are disposed with respect to the plane of the rotation D' = the diameter of the granular material It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes in the structure and relative arrangement of parts may be made without necessarily departing from the scope of the present invention as defined in the claims appended.

Claims: CLAIMS 1. Method for making a material collide in a rotating system, with the aid of a moving collision means, comprising the steps of: - feeding the said material to the cential feed (9) of a guide member (8), which rotates about the axis of rotation (O) of the said rotating system; - guiding the said fed material from the said central feed (9), along the guide face (10), to the deliveiy end (11) of the said guide member (8), which delivery end (11) is situated at a greater radial distance (r from the said axis of rotation (O) than (r^ the said cential feed (9), in such a manner that the said guided material comes off the said guide member (8) with at least a radial velocity component (V r ) and is guided in an essentially deterministic stiaight path (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in an essentially deterministic spiral stream (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said collision means (14); - using the said moving collision means (14) to hit the said material, which is moving in the said essentially deterministic spiral stieam (S) and has not yet collided, at a hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8), and at a gi'eater radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation than the location (W) at which the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8), the position of which hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the path (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said collision means (14) intersect one another in such a manner tiiat the arrival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location (T) where the said paths intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said moving collision means (14). 2. Method according to Claim 1 for making a material collide in a system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical shaft, with the aid of a moving collision means, comprising the steps of: - feeding a first portion of the said material to a first cential feed (31) of a first guide member (25), which rotates about the said axis of rotation (O) of the said rotating system; - feeding a second portion of the said material to a second central feed (30) of a second guide member (24), which cential feed (30) rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said first cential feed (31), the radial distance (r") from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said second cential feed (30) being less than, equal to or greater than the conesponding radial distance (r') to the said first central feed (31), so that respectively more, the same amount or less of the said metered material is fed to the said second guide member (24) than to the said first guide member (25); - guiding the said fed first portion of the said material from the said first central feed (31), along the first guide face, towai'ds the first delivery end (528) of the said first guide member (25), which first delivery end (528) is situated at a greater radial distance (r 0 ) from the said axis of rotation (O) than the said first central feed (31), in such a manner that the said guided first portion of the said material comes off die said first guide member (25) with at least a radial velocity component (v r ) and is guided in a first essentially deterministic straight path (R) when seen from a stationary viewpoint, and in a first essentially deterministic spiral path (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said first collision means; - guiding the said fed second portion of the said material from the said second cential feed (30), along the second guide face, towai'ds the second delivery end (529) of the said second guide member (24), which second delivery end (529) is situated at a greater radial distance (r 0 ) from the said axis of rotation (O) than the said second central feed (30), in such a manner that the said guided second portion of the said material comes off the said second guide member (24) with at least a radial velocity component (v r ) and is guided in a second essentially deterministic stiaight path (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in a second essentially deterministic spiral path (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said second collision means, the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the said second cential delivery end (529) being less than, equal to or greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said first deliveiy end (528), so that the said guided second portion of the said material respectively has a lower, equal or higher takeoff velocity than the said guided first portion of the said material; - using the said moving first collision means (38) to hit the said first portion of the said material, which is moving in the said first deterministic spiral path (S) and has not yet collided, at a hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the first location where the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said material leaves the said first guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the first location at which the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said material leaves the said first guide member, the position of which first hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the first location where the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said material leaves the said first guide member and the radial line on which is situated the first location where the path of the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said material and the path of the said first collision means intersect one another in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said material at the location where the said paths intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said moving first collision means (38); - using the said moving second collision means (39) to hit the said second portion of the said material, which is moving in the said second deterministic spiral path (S ') and has not yet collided, at a second hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the second location where the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said material leaves the said second guide member, and at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the second location at which the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said material leaves the said second guide member, the position of which second hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the second location where the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said material leaves the said second guide member and the radial line on which is situated the second location where the path of the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said material and the path of the said second collision means intersect one another in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said material at the location where the said paths intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said moving second collision means (39), the radial distance (r') from the said axis of rotation to the said second hit location being less than, equal to or greater than the conesponding radial distance (r") to the first hit location, so that the said second portion of the said material is hit at a respectively lower, equal or higher velocity than the said first portion of the said material; with the proviso that at least either the said first and the said second feeds (31)(30) or the said first and the said second delivery ends (528)(529) or the said first and the said second collision means (38)(39) are not disposed at identical radial distances from the said axis of rotation. 3. Method according to Claims 1 and 2, for making the said material which has collided once collide at least one more time in a system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical shaft, with the aid of at least one subsequent moving collision means (142"), comprising the steps of: - after the said material has collided at least once, guiding the said material which has collided at least once in a subsequent spiral path (S"), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said collision means, which subsequent spiral path (S"), in the plane of the said rotation, has a direction towards the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O), and towai'ds the rear, when seen in the said direction of rotation; - hitting the said material which has collided at least once and is moving in the said subsequent spiral path (S ") for a second time, with the aid of a subsequent moving collision means (14"), which lies entirely behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said material which has collided at least once leaves the said first moving collision means (14'), which subsequent hitting takes place at a predetermined subsequent hit location (T") which is behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (T') where the said material which has collided at least once leaves the said first moving collision means (14'), and at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said location at which the said material which has collided at least once leaves the said moving collision means (14'), the position of which subsequent hit location (T") is determined by selecting the subsequent angle (θ") between the radial line on which is situated the location (T') where the said material which has collided at least once leaves the said moving collision means (14') and the radial line on which is situated the location (T") where the path (S") of the said material which has collided at least once and the path (C") of the said subsequent moving collision means (14") intersect one another in such a manner that the anival of the said material which has collided at least once at the location (T") where the said paths (S")(C") intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said subsequent moving collision means (14"). 4. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said moving collision means being formed by a rotating impact member which rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation as the said guide member, which rotating impact member is provided with an impact face. 5. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said moving collision means being formed by an object which rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation as the said guide member. 6. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said moving collision means being formed by a moving part of the said same material. 7. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said moving collision means being formed by a moving material of a different type. 8. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making a stieam of material collide in a rotating system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical shaft (1), with the aid of a rotating impact member (14), comprising the steps of: - feeding the said stieam of material (S c ) to the cential feed (9) of a guide member (8), which rotates about the axis of rotation (O) of the said rotating system; - guiding the said fed stream (S c ) of material from the said central feed (9), along the guide face (10) to the delivery end (11) of the said guide member (8), which delivery end (11) is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the said central feed (9), in such a manner that the said guided stream of material (S d ) comes off the said guide member (8) with at least a radial velocity component (v r ) and is guided in an essentially deterministic straight stieam (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in an essentially deterministic spiral sti'eam (S), when seen from a viewpoint with moves together with the said guide member (8); - using the said rotating impact member (14) to hit the said material which is moving in the said essentially deterministic spiral sti'eam (S) and has not yet collided, which rotating impact member (14) is provided with an impact face (15) and rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said guide member (8), at a hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (8), and at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (8), the position of which hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (8) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the stream (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said impact fact (15) intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided stream (S) of material at the location where the said stieam (S) and the said path (C) intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said impact face (15). 9. Method according to one of the preceding claims, for making a material collide in at least two systems which are horizontally disposed and rotate about a coinciding vertical axis of rotation, with the aid of one rotating impact member, comprising the steps of: - feeding a first portion of the said material to a first cential feed of a first guide member (8), of the first rotating system, which first cential feed rotates about the said axis of rotation; - feeding a second portion of the said material to a second cential feed of a second guide member (8'), of a second system which rotates beneath the said first system, which second central feed rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai- velocity and about the same axis of rotation as, and is the same length as and is disposed directly beneath, the said first cential feed; - guiding the said fed first portion of the said material from the said first central feed, along the first guide face, towards the first delivery end of the said first guide member (8), of the said first rotating system, which first delivery end is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said first central feed, in such a manner that the said guided first portion of the said material comes off the said first guide member with at least a radial velocity component and is guided in a first essentially deterministic straight path, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in a first essentially deterministic spiral path, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member; - guiding die said fed second portion of the said material from the said cential feed, along the second guide face, which is the same length as, and is disposed directly beneath, the said first guide member (8), towai'ds the second delivery end of the said second guide member (8'), of the said second rotating system, which second delivery end is disposed directly beneath the first delivery end, in such a manner that the said guided second portion of the said material comes off the said second guide member with at least a radial velocity component and is guided in a second essentially deterministic straight path, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in a second essentially deterministic spiral path (S'), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member; - using the said impact face of the said rotating impact member (14) to hit the said first and second portions of the said material which are moving in the said deterministic spiral paths situated essentially directly above one another and have not yet collided, at a first hit location (T j ) and a second hit location (T 2 ), situated directly beneath it, on the said impact face, which hit locations are behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation and when seen from a vertical plane, the radial line on which are situated the first and second locations where the said as yet uncollided first and second portions of the said material leave the said first and second guide members, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the first and second locations at which the said as yet uncollided first and second portions of the said material leave the said first and second guide members, the position of which hit locations (T j )(T 2 ) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which are situated the first and second locations where the said as yet uncollided first and second portions of the said material leave the said first and second guide members and the radial line on which are situated the first and second locations where the paths of the said as yet uncollided first and second portions of the said material and the path of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided first and second portions of the said material at the location where the said paths intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said impact fact. 10. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - after the said stieam of material has collided for the first time with the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) and comes off the said impact fact (14), guiding the said material which has collided once in a stiaight stieam (R r ), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, which stiaight sti'eam (R r ), in the plane of the rotation, has a direction, with an angle (β") inclined towai'ds the front, when seen in the said direction of rotation, and inclined towai'ds the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O). 11. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - after the said material has collided for the first time with the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) and comes off the said impact face (15), guiding the said material which has collided once in a straight stream (R r ), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, which stiaight stream, in the plane of the rotation, has a direction with an angle (β") inclined towards the front, when seen in the said direction of rotation, inclined towai'ds the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O), and, when seen from the plane of the said rotation, has a direction which is inclined towards the outside, with an angle (β'"). 12. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making a stieam of material collide in at least two systems which are horizontally disposed, are positioned one above the other and rotate about a coinciding vertical axis of rotation, with the aid of at least two rotating impact members, comprising the steps of: - feeding the said sti'eam of material to a central feed of a guide member (8), of the first rotating system, which is situated above the second rotating system, which cential feed rotates about the said axis of rotation; - guiding the said fed stieam of material from the said cential feed (9), along the guide face, towards the delivery end of the said guide member, of the said first rotating system, which delivery end is situated at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said central feed, in such a manner that the said guided stream of material comes off the said guide member with at least a radial velocity component and is guided in an essentially deteiministic stiaight stream (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in an essentially deterministic spiral sti'eam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member; - using the said first impact face of the said first rotating impact member (14) to hit the said portion of the said material which is moving in the said deterministic spiral stream and has not yet collided, at a first hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the first location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, the position of which first hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the sti'eam of the said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said first impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided portion of the said sti'eam of material at the location where the said stieam and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the anival at the same location of the said first impact face; - after the said material has impacted for the first time with the aid of the said first impact face and comes off the said first impact face, guiding the said material which has collided once in a straight stream (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, which stiaight stream, in the plane of the rotation, has a direction with an angle (β") inclined towards the front, when seen in the said direction of rotation, inclined towai'ds the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O) and, when seen from the plane of the said rotation, has a direction which is inclined downwards, with an angle (β'"); - using the said second impact face of the said second rotating impact member (434), which is at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is identical to or gi'eater than that of the first rotating impact member, and rotates in the opposite direction to the said first rotating impact member, to hit the said material which is moving in the said stiaight stream and has collided once, at a second hit location (T) at a location which is beneath the first hit location and is at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is identical to or greater than that of the said first hit location. 13. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making a stieam of material collide in two systems which are horizontally disposed and rotate about a coinciding vertical axis of rotation, with the aid of two rotating impact members, comprising the steps of: - feeding a first portion of the said stream of material to a first centi'al feed of a first guide member (438), of the first rotating system (436), which first cential feed rotates about the said axis of rotation (O); - feeding a second portion of the said stream of material to a second central feed of a second guide member (439), of the second system (437) which rotates beneath the said first system (436), which second guide member is the same length as the said first guide member (438), which second cential feed rotates in the opposite direction to, about the same axis of rotation, and is at the same radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) as the said first cential feed; - guiding the said fed first portion of the said stieam of material from the said first central feed, along the first guide face, towards the first delivery end of the said first guide member (438), of the first rotating system (436), which first delivery end is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said first cential feed, in such a manner that the said guided first portion of the said stream of material comes off the said first guide member with at least a radial velocity component and is guided in a first essentially deterministic straight stream (R c ), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in a first essentially deterministic spiral stieam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member; - guiding the said fed second portion of the said sti'eam of material from the said second cential feed, along the second guide face, towai'ds the second delivery end of the said second guide member (439), of the said second rotating system (437), which second deliveiy end is situated at the same radial distance from the said axis of rotation as the said first delivery end, in such a manner that the said guided second portion of the said stream of material comes off the said second guide member with at least a radial velocity component and is guided in a second essentially deterministic straight stieam (R c '), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, and in a second essentially deteiministic spiral stieam (S '), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member; - using the impact face of a first rotating impact member (440) to hit the said first portion of the said stieam of material which is moving in the said first deterministic spiral stream (S) and has not yet collided, at a first hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the first location where the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the first location at which the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member, the position of which first hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the first location where the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member and the radial line on which is situated the first location where the stream of the said as yet uncollided first portion of die said material and the path of the said first impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stream of material at the location where the said stream and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said first impact face; - using the impact face of a second rotating impact member (441), which is situated at the same radial distance from the said axis of rotation as the said first moving collision means, to hit the said second portion of the said stieam of material which is moving in the said second deterministic spiral sti'eam (S ') and has not yet collided, at a second hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the second location where the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stream of material leaves the said second guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the second location at which the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stream of material leaves the said second guide member, the position of which second hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the second location where the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said sti'eam of material leaves the said second guide member and the radial line on which is situated the second location where the sti'eam of the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said material and the path of the said second impact face intersect one another, in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said sti'eam of material at the location where the said sti'eam and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said second impact face; - after the said stieam of material has collided for the first time with the said first impact face of the said first rotating impact member (440) and comes off the said first impact face, guiding the said material which has collided once in a first straight stream (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, which first stiaight stream (R), in the plane of the rotation of the first system, has a direction with an angle (β") inclined towards the front, when seen in the said direction of rotation of the said first system, and inclined towards the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O), and when seen from the plane of the rotation of the said first system has a direction inclined towai'ds the plane of the rotation of the second system, with an angle (β'"); - after the said sti'eam of material has collided for the first time with the said second impact face of the said second rotating impact member (441) and comes off the said second impact face, guiding the said material which has collided once in a second stiaight stieam (R'), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, which second stiaight stream (R'), in the plane of the rotation of the second system, has a direction, with an angle (β") inclined towards the front, when seen in the said direction of rotation of the said second system and inclined towai'ds the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O), and when seen from the plane of the rotation of the said second system has a direction inclined towards the plane of the rotation of the first system, with an angle (β'"); - making the said first portion of the said material which is moving in the said first straight stream (R) and has collided twice collide in an autogenous manner with the said portion of the said material which is moving in the said second straight stream (R') and has collided twice, at an autogenous hit location (444), which autogenous hit location (444) is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said rotating impact members (440) (441) in a collision area between the plane of the rotation of the first system (436) and the second system (437). 14. Method according to one of the preceding claims, in which the said material is present in a solid state, in the form of one or more grains or particles, or a stream of grains or particles. 15. Method according to one of the preceding claims, in which the said material is present in the liquid state, in the form of one or more drops or a stieam of drops. 16. Method according to one of the preceding claims, in which the said material is present in the liquid state, in the form of a stieam of liquid. 17. Method according to one of the preceding claims, in which the stieam of material is dispersed. 18. Method according to one of the preceding claims, in which a plurality of different types of materials are processed simultaneously. 19. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making a stieam of material collide in a system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical axis, with the aid of a part of the same material, comprising the steps of: - feeding a first portion of the said sti'eam of material to a first centi'al feed (538) of a first guide member (539) which rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation as the said rotating system; - feeding a second portion of the said stream of material to a second cential feed (541) of a second guide member (542), which second central feed (541) rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai' velocity and about the same axis of rotation as the said first central feed; - guiding the said fed first portion of the said sti'eam of material from the said first central feed (538), along the said first guide face, towards the first delivery end (540) of the said first guide member (538), which first delivery end (540) is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said first central feed (538), in such a manner that the said guided first portion of the said stream of material (S) comes off the said first guide member (539) with at least a radial velocity component (v) at a first location (540) at a first radial distance from the axis of rotation, and is guided in a first essentially deterministic stiaight stieam (R), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, and is guided in a first essentially deterministic spiral stream (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said system; - guiding the said fed second portion of the said sti'eam of material from the said second centi'al feed (541), along the said second guide face, towai'ds the second delivery end (543) of the said second guide member (542), which second delivery end (543) is disposed at virtually the same horizontal level as the said first delivery end (540) and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said second cential feed (541), in such a manner that the said guided second portion of the said stieam of material comes off the said guide member with at least a radial velocity component, at a second location (543) which is situated at a gi'eater radial distance from the axis of rotation than the first location (540) and is situated behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the first location, and is guided in a second essentially deterministic stiaight sti'eam (R r ), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and is guided in a second essentially deterministic spiral stream (S 1 ), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said system; - hitting the said first portion of the said stream of material which has not yet collided and is moving in a first spiral stream (S) with the said second portion of the said stieam of material which has not yet collided and is moving in a second spiral stieam (S ') in an autogenous manner at an autogenous hit location (544), which autogenous hit location is situated at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is greater than the conesponding radial distance of the said second location (543), and is situated behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the second location (543), the angle (θ j ) between the radial line on which is situated the said first location and the radial line on which is situated the said autogenous hit location (544) being selected in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stream of material (S) at the autogenous hit location (544) being synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stream of material, and the angle (θ χ ) being gi'eater than the angle (θ 2 ) between the radial line on which is situated the first location (540) and die radial line on which is situated the second location (544). 20. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making the said material collide in a system which is horizontally disposed and partially rotates about a vertical axis of rotation, comprising the step of: - immediately after the first impact, hitting the said material which has collided once and is moving in the said stiaight path (R c ) for a second time, by means of a collision face (17) of a stationaiy impact member (16) which is disposed virtually transversely in die straight path (R c ) which the said material describes, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, at a location which is outside at least one side of a cylindrical space which is defined by the said rotating impact member (14) and in which the said impact member (14) rotates. 21. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making a stream of granular material collide, in an essentially deterministic manner, twice in immediate succession in a system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical shaft, with the aid of a rotating impact member (14) which is provided with an impact face (15) and a stationary impact member (16) which is provided with a collision face (17), the said stream of material being taken up by a cential feed (9) of a rotating guide member (8), which is provided with a guide face (10) and a delivery end (11), the length of the said guide face (10) being selected in such a manner that the said material develops at least a radial velocity component (v r ) along the said guide face (10), in such a manner that the said material is guided, from the said delivery end (11), from an essentially predetermined take-off location (W), at an essentially predetermined take-off angle (α), at a take-off velocity which can be selected with die aid of the angulai- velocity (Ω), in an essentially deterministic spiral stream (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14), in die direction of the said rotating impact member (14) which is situated at a location at a greater radial distance (r) from the axis of rotation (O) than the said delivery end (ll)(r), entirely behind, when seen in the direction of movement, the radial line on which is situated the said delivery end (11), the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the said delivery end (11) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said spiral stream (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said rotating impact member (14) intersect one another being selected in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stream (S) and the said path (C) intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said impact face (15), which impact takes place at an essentially predetermined location (T), at a predetermined impact angle (β) and at an impact velocity (V act ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω), after which the said material, when it comes off the said impact face (15) at a rebound velocity (V residual ) which is at least as great as the impact velocity (V ), is guided in an essentially straight stream (R c ), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, in the direction of a stationary impact member (16), which is disposed at a location outside at least one side of a cylindrical space (20) defined by the said rotating impact member (14), after which the stream of material (R c ), immediately after the first impact, collides with the said collision face (17) at a collision velocity (V colUsion ) which is at least as great as the impact velocity (V m ac[ ). 22. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making a stream of material collide in at least two systems which are horizontally disposed and rotate about a coinciding vertical axis of rotation, with the aid of at least two rotating impact members, which rotate in the same direction and at the same angular velocity about the same axis of rotation, comprising the steps of: - feeding the said stream of material to a first cential feed of a first guide member (545), of the first rotating system (429), which first central feed rotates about the said axis of rotation; - guiding the said fed stream of material from the said first centi'al feed, along the first guide face, towards the first delivery end of the said first guide member (545), of the said first rotating system (429), which first deliveiy end is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said first central feed, in such a manner that the said guided first portion of the said sti'eam of material comes off the said first guide member with at least a radial velocity component and is guided in a first esssentially deterrninistic straight sti'eam (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and is guided in a first essentially deterministic spiral stieam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member; - using the said first impact face of the said first rotating impact member (428) to hit the said first portion of the said material which is moving in the said first deteiministic spiral stream (S) and has not yet collided, at a first hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the first location where the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said sti'eam of material leaves the said first guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the first location at which the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member, the position of which first hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the first location where the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stieam of material leaves the said first guide member and the radial line on which is situated the first location where the stream of the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said stream of material and the path of the said first impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided first portion of the said sti'eam of material at the location where the said stream and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said first impact face; - after the said stream of material has collided for the first time with the said first impact face (428) and comes off the said first impact face, guiding the said material which has collided once in a first sti'aight stream (R c '), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, which straight sti'eam, in the plane of the rotation, has a direction inclined towards the front, when seen in the said direction of rotation, and inclined towai'ds the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation, and inclined downwards, when seen from the plane of the rotation of the first system (429); - immediately after the first impact, hitting the said material which has collided once and is moving in the said first straight stream (R c ') for a second time, by means of a first collision face of a first stationary impact member (530) which is disposed virtually transversely in the sti'aight stream (R c ') which the said material describes, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, at a location which is outside at least one side of a cylindrical space defined by the said first rotating impact member (428); - feeding the said sti'eam of material which has collided with the said first collision face to a second centi'al feed (430) of a second guide member (546), of the rotating second system (431) which is beneath the said first system (429), which second central feed (430) rotates about the said axis of rotation, it being possible to select the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the said second central feed (430) to be less than, equal to or greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said first cential feed, so that respectively more, the same amount, or less of the said metered stieam of material is fed to the said second guide member (546) than to the said first guide member; - guiding the said fed stream of material from the said second cential feed, along the second guide face, towai'ds the second delivery end of the said second guide member (546), of the said second rotating system (431), which second delivery end is situated at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the said second central feed (430), in such a manner that the said guided second portion of the said sti'eam of material comes off the said second guide member (546) with at least a radial velocity component (v r ) and is guided in a second essentially deterministic stiaight sti'eam, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, and is guided in a second essentially deterministic spiral stieam, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member, it being possible to select the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the said second cential delivery end to be less than, equal to or greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said first delivery end, so that the said guided second portion of the said stream of material has a take-off velocity which is respectively less than, equal to or greater than that of the said guided first portion of the said stream of material; - using the said second impact face of the said second rotating impact member (432) to hit the said second portion of the said stieam of material which is moving in the said second deterministic spiral stream and has not yet collided for a third time, at a second hit location (T) which is behind, when seen in the said direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the second location where the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stream of material leaves the said second guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the second location at which the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stieam of material leaves the said second guide member, the position of which second hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the second location where the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stream of material leaves the said second guide member and the radial line on which is situated the second location where the stream of the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stream of material and the path of the said second impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided second portion of the said stieam of material at the location where the said stream and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said second impact face, it being possible to select the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the said second rotating impact member to be less than, equal to or greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said first rotating impact member, so that the said second portion of the said sti'eam of material is hit at a velocity which is respectively less than, equal to or greater than the velocity at which the said first portion of the said stieam of material is hit; - after the said stream of material has collided for the third time with the said second impact face (432) and comes off the said second impact face, guiding the said collided material in a second sti'aight sti'eam (R c "), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, which straight stieam, in die plane of the rotation, has a direction inclined towai'ds the front, when seen in the said direction of rotation, and inclined towai'ds the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation, and inclined downwards, when seen from the plane of the rotation of the first system (429); - immediately after the third impact, hitting the said material which has collided once and is moving in the said second straight stieam (R c ") for a fourth time, by means of a second collision face of a second stationary impact member (547) which is disposed virtually transversely in the straight stieam (R c ") which the said material describes, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, at a location which is outside at least one side of a cylindrical space which is defined by the said second rotating impact member. 23. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the steps of: - metering the said material onto a horizontally disposed metering face (3), in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O); - guiding the said metered material, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the guide member (14) rotating about the said axis of rotation (O), onto the said metering face (3), in a spiral path (S c ) which is as far as possible natural and moves outwards, when seen from the said axis of rotation; - feeding the said metered material which is moving in the said natural spiral path (S c ) to a central feed (9) of a guide member (8) which rotates about the axis of rotation (O) of the said rotating system. 24. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making the said material collide in a system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical axis of rotation, comprising the steps of: - metering the said sti'eam of material onto a horizontally disposed metering face (3) which rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai' velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said system, in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O); - guiding the said metered material, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said guide member (8), onto the said metering face (3), in a spiral path (S c ) which is as far as possible natural and moves outwards, when seen from the said axis of rotation, which guide member (8) rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity and about the same axis of rotation as the said metering face (3); - feeding the said metered material which is moving in the said natural spiral path (S c ) to a central feed (9) of the said guide member (8). 25. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making the said material collide in a system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical axis of rotation, comprising the steps of: - metering the said sti'eam of material onto a horizontally disposed metering face (3) which rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai' velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said system, in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O); - guiding the said metered material, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said metering face (3), onto the said rotating metering face (3), in a spiral stream (S c ) which is as far possible natural and moves outwards, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O); - dispersing the said metered material which is moving in the said natural spiral stieam (S c ), from the said metering face (3), towards the central inlet (5) of a preliminary guide member (5), which rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said metering face (3); - the preliminaiy guidance of the said dispersed sti'eam (S c ) of material from the said cential inlet (5), along the preliminary guide face (6), towai'ds the deliveiy location (7) of the said preliminary guide member (4), which is disposed along at least a section of the outer side, when seen from the direction of rotation, of the said natural spiral stream (S c ) which the said material describes on the said metering face (3), which preliminary guide member (4) extends from the said centi'al inlet (5) outwards, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), in a direction which is essentially opposite to the direction of rotation of the said rotating metering face (3), towards the said delivery location (7), which is directed towards the cential feed (9) of a guide member (8), which rotates in the same direction, at the same angulai' velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said preliminary guide member (4), which deliveiy end (11) is situated at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the said centi'al inlet (5), the distance between the said delivery location and the said centi'al feed (9) being at least sufficiently gi'eat for the said stream of material to be able to be fed unimpeded to the said centi'al feed (9), and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said cential feed (9) is no gi'eater than the conesponding radial distance to the said delivery location (7); - feeding the said metered material which is moving in the said natural spiral path to a central feed (9) of the said guide member (8). 26. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - feeding the said material which is moving in the said natural spiral stream (S c ) to the cential feed (9) of a guide member (8), which cential feed (9) is situated at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) and rotates in the same direction, at the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said metering face (3) and is disposed in the said natural spiral stieam (S c ), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said cential feed (9), and extends as far as the outer edge (19) of the said natural spiral stream (S ), at the location of the said central feed (9), when seen from the said axis of rotation (O). 27. Method according to the preceding claim, the width (£ c ) of the said spiral stream (S c ), at the location of the cential feed (9), i.e. the difference between the radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the start point of the said central feed (9) and die conesponding radial distance to the end point of the said central feed (9) determining the length (£ c ) of the said central feed (9), which length (£ c ) essentially satisfies the equation: < Ω in which: £ c = minimum length of the cential feed, which is given as the difference between the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r 0 ) to the location where the central feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation and the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r ) to the location where the centi'al feed merges into the guide face χ = the angle between the radial line on which is situated the location where the centi'al feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation and the radial line on which is situated the location where the material hits the guide member which follows in the direction of rotation V a = the radial velocity component of the grain on the rotor at a radial distance (r 0 ) from the axis of rotation where the central feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation Ω = the angulai' velocity of the rotor 28. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - guiding the said fed sti'eam of material from the said central feed (9), along the said guide face (10), towards the said deliveiy end (11) of the said guide member (8), which delivery end (11) is situated behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the said central feed (9), which guide member (8) rotates at an angular velocity (Ω) which is at least sufficiently great, is designed with a guide face (10) with a length (£ c ) which is at least sufficiently great, and the said deliveiy end (11) of which is situated at a location at a radial distance (I^) from the said axis of rotation (O) which is at least sufficiently gi'eater than the radial distance (r 0 ) to the start of the said central feed (9), for the said fed stieam of material to develop along the said guide face (10) a take-off velocity (v abs ) which is at least sufficiently great, with a radial velocity component (v r ) which, by comparison with the transverse velocity component (v t ), is at least sufficiently great, for the said guided stieam of material to come off the said guide member (8), from a predeteimined take-off location (W), at a predetermined take-off angle (α), which is greater than 0°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, which are no longer affected by the angular velocity (Ω), and to be guided in an essentially deterministic straight stream (R), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, and in an essentially deterministic spiral stream (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said guide member (8). 29. Method according to Claim 28, the said central feed (481) extending with the central feed face towards the edge of the rotor and being designed in the longitudinal direction with a radial feed face (482), with a stiaight feed face (484) which is directed towards the rear, in the direction of rotation, or with a curved feed face which is directed towards the rear (485) or towards the front (484), in the direction of rotation. 30. Method according to Claims 28 and 29, the guide face (486) extending towards the edge of the rotor and being designed in the longitudinal direction with a radial guide face (487), with a sti'aight guide face (488) directed towards the rear, in the direction of rotation, or with a curved guide face (489) directed towards the rear, in the direction of rotation. 31. Method according to Claims 28 to 30, the delivery end (490) extending towards the edge of the rotor and being designed in the longitudinal direction with a radial delivery face (491), with a sti'aight deliveiy face (492) directed towai'ds the rear, in the direction of rotation, or with a curved deliveiy face (493) directed towards the rear in the direction of rotation. 32. Method according to Claims 28 to 31, the guide member (173) having a layered design with successive horizontal layers (311)(312) from the bottom upwards, which layers alternately have a high weai' resistance (312) and a less high wear resistance (311), the top layer (310) and the bottom layer (313) having a high weai' resistance, so that the material, when it is guided outwards along the guide member (173) under the influence of the centiifugal force, wears away the layers (311) with the less high weai' resistance more considerably than the layers with the high wear resistance (312), with the result that guide channels (314) are formed along the layers (311) with the less high wear resistance, thus achieving the effect that the wear spreads across a plurality of guide channels (314) and the weai' pattern is prevented from becoming concentrated along a cential part of the guide face (198) and the delivery end (172). 33. Method according to Claim 32, the layers (502) from the bottom upwards not being disposed horizontally, but rather in a slightly inclined manner with respect to the plane of the rotation, thus preventing the material which moves outwards along the guide member (505) under the influence of the centrifugal force from being able to form channels (314) along the layers (311) with the less high wear resistance, while the weai- is also unable to become concentrated along a part (198) of the guide member (171), the minimum angle (ε) at which the layers (502) are disposed with respect to the plane of the rotation essentially satisfying the equation: D ε= arctan — £ in which: ε = the angle at which the layers, which are stacked on top of one another, of a guide member are disposed with respect to the plane of the rotation D' = the diameter of the granular material £ = the minimum length of the guide face, which is given as the difference between the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r.) to the location where the central feed merges into the guide face and the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the guide face merges into the delivery end it being prefened to dispose the guide members inclined downwards, in the direction of the external edge of the rotor. 34. Method according to Claims 28 to 33, the said guide member (58) having a type of S-shape and extending in the direction of the edge of the said rotor (52), the said cential feed (59) being situated at such a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) and having such a length (£ c ) that the said stieam of material is taken up by the said central inlet (55) and extends, from the edge of the said metering face (53), as far as possible in line with the said natural spiral sti'eam (S ') which the said material describes at that location on the said metering face (53), in an increasingly radial, curved-forwards direction, when seen in the direction of rotation, which curved-forwards centi'al feed (59) gradually merges into a straight guide face (60) which is directed inclined towai'ds the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, and extends further outwards, when seen from the direction of rotation, which stiaight guide face (60) directed towai'ds the rear merges into a delivery end (61) which is curved towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, in such a manner that the location (95) where the said guide face (60) merges into the said curved delivery end (61) lies behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (94) at which the cential feed (59) merges into the said guide face (60), the said bend of the said deliveiy end (61) extending to approximately the location (96) where the said material comes off the said guide member (58) in a natural way, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said guide member (58). 35. Method according to Claims 28 to 34, the said guide member (97) (167) pivoting about a vertical pin (98) on the rotor (2), with the pivot point (99) at a radial distance (101) from the said axis of rotation (O) which is less than the conesponding radial distance (100) to the mass centre (102) of the said pivoting guide member (97)(167) in such a manner that, during the rotating movement of the pivoting guide member (97)(167), in the plane of the rotation, owing to the pivoting movement, the pivoting guide member (97)(167) is shifted slightly towards the front (+ξ) and towards the rear (-ξ), when seen in the direction of rotation and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said pivot point (99), the magnitude of which movement towards the front (+ξ) and towards the rear (-ξ) can be given by the angles (+/-ξ) which the radial lines from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said moving delivery end (168) describe with respect to the radial line on which is situated the pivot point (99), the magnitude of which angles (+/-ξ) can be predetermined by selecting the distance (169) between the said pivot point (99) and the said mass centie (102). 36. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - when the said guided stream of material comes off the said guide member (8) from the said predetermined take-off location (W), at the said predetermined take-off angle (α), at a take-off velocity (v abs ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω), guiding the said guided material in an essentially deterministic sti'aight stream (R), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, the direction of which straight stream (R) is not significantly affected by the angular velocity (Ω) of the said guide member (8), along which straight stream (R) the velocity (v abs ) of the said material remains essentially constant and which straight sti'eam (R), in the plane of the rotation, has a direction towai'ds the outside, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O), and towai'ds the front, when seen in the direction of rotation, the said take-off velocity (v abs ) being at least sufficiently gi'eat for the said straight stieam (R), in the space directly outside the periphery which the said rotating guide member (8) describes, not to be significantly affected by the force of gravity, the air resistance and any air movements. 37. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - when the said guided sti'eam of material comes off the said guide member (8), from the said predetermined take-off location (W), with the said radial velocity component (v r ) of the said take-off velocity (v abs ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω), guiding the said guided material in an essentially deteiministic spiral sti'eam (S), which spiral stieam (S) is not significantly affected by the angular velocity (Ω) of the said guide member (8), along which spiral stream (S) the said material is accelerated in relative terms in the direction of the said impact face (15), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said impact face (15), which spiral stream (S), in the plane of the rotation, has a direction towards the outside, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), and towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, the said take-off velocity (v abs ) being at least sufficiently great for the said spiral stream (S), in the space directiy outside the periphery which the said rotating guide member (8) describes, not to be significantly affected by the force of gravity, the air resistance and any air movements. 38. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - when the said guided stieam of material comes off the said guide member (8), from the said predetermined take-off location (W), with the radial velocity component (v r ) of the said take-off velocity (v abs ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω), guiding the said guided material in an essentially deterministic spiral sti'eam (S), which spiral sti'eam (S) is not significantly affected by the angular velocity (Ω) of the said guide member (8), along which spiral stream (S) the said material is essentially accelerated in the direction of the said impact face (15), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said impact face (15), which spiral sti'eam (S), in the plane of the rotation, has a direction towards the outside, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), and towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, the said take-off velocity (v abs ) being at least sufficiendy gi'eat for die said spiral stream (S), in the space directiy outside the periphery which the said rotating guide member (8) describes, not to be significantly affected by the force of gravity, the air resistance and any air movements, the air in the cylindrical space (20) between the said delivery end (11) and the said rotating impact member (14) being set in motion, with the aid of the said guide member (8), in such a manner that this air moves outwards at approximately the same radial velocity as the said material which is moving in the said spiral stream (S) and rotates in roughly the same direction, at the same angular velocity (Ω) and about the same axis of rotation (O) as the said rotating impact member (14), and the effect of air movements on the movement of the said stieam of material is limited as far as possible in the said cylindrical space (20). 39. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - subsequent guidance of the said material which is moving in the said spiral stream (S), in the direction of the said impact face (15), with the aid of a subsequent guide member (12), the subsequent guide face (13) of which extends, along at least a section of at least one side of the said spiral stream (S), from a subsequent guidance start (22) towai'ds the outside, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), in a direction which is essentially opposite to the direction of rotation of the said rotating metering face (3), towards a subsequent guidance end (21), which lies at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the said subsequent guidance start (22) and lies behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location at which the said subsequent guidance start (22) is situated, the said subsequent guidance start (22) being disposed at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) which is greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said delivery end (11), in such a manner that the said stream of material can come off the said delivery end (11) without hindrance and can be taken up by the said subsequent guide member (12), and the said subsequent guide end (21) being disposed at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) which is less than the conesponding radial distance to the said impact face (15), in such a manner that the said subsequently guided stieam of material can come off the said subsequent guidance end (21) without hindrance and can reach the said impact face (15) and come off it. 40. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - using the said rotating impact member (14), which is situated entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (8), to hit the said material which is moving in the said essentially deteiministic spiral stieam (S) and has not yet collided, this hitting taking place at a predetermined hit location (T), at a predeteimined impact angle (β) and at an impact velocity (V ) which can be selected with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω), which hit location (T) lies behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (8), and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location (W) at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (8), the position of which hit location (T) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated die location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (8) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the stream of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided sti'eam (S) of material at the location where the said sti'eam (S) and the said path (B) intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face (15), which angle (θ) has an unambiguous relationship with the radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said hit location (T). 41. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - classifying the said material which has collided once, possibly breaking in the process, and is moving on along the said straight stream (S ), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, in which stream (S r ) of possibly broken material the coarse grains (508) move at the top and the fine grains (210) move at the bottom, when seen from the plane of rotation, with the aid of at least one separating plate (427) which is disposed in a part of the said stiaight stream, in such a manner that the said stieam is split into a coarse fraction (508) and a fine fraction (509), the relationship between the coarse fraction (508) and the fine fraction (509) being controlled by disposing the separating plate (427) further into the stream or making it vertically adjustable. 42. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - sorting the said material which has collided once, possibly breaking in the process, and is moving on along the said straight stream (S r ), when seen from a stationary viewpoint, on the basis of its breakability, in which sti'eam (S r ) of possibly broken material the harder (508) unbroken grains move at the top and the softer (509) broken grains move at the bottom, when seen from the plane of the rotation, with the aid of at least one separating plate (427) which is disposed in a part of the said straight stieam, in such a manner that the said stream is split into a coarse, i.e. unbroken, hard fraction (508) and a softer, broken fine fraction (509), the relationship between the hard fraction (508) and the soft fraction (509) being controlled by disposing the separating plate (427) further into the stieam or making it vertically adjustable. 43. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - sorting the said material which has collided once and is moving on along the said straight stieam (S r ), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, on the basis of elasticity, in which sti'eam (S r ) of possibly broken material the more elastic grains (511) are moving at the top and the less elastic grains (512) are moving at the bottom, when seen from the plane of the rotation, with the aid of at least one separating plate (427) which is disposed in a part of the said stiaight stieam, in such a manner that the said stieam is split into an elastic fraction (511) and a less elastic fraction (512), the relationship between the elastic fraction (511) and the less elastic fraction (512) being controlled by disposing the separating plate (427) further into the stieam or making it vertically adjustable. 44. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - feeding an amount of material to the said guide member (8) which is such that a deterministic capacity (C d ) is not exceeded, which deterministic capacity is defined as the maximum amount of material, determined by the angulai' velocity (Ω), which can be guided, by means of the said guide member (8), from the said predetermined take-off location (W), at the said predetermined take-off angle (α), at the said take-off velocity (v abs ) which is determined by the angular velocity (Ω), in the said deterministic spiral stieam (S) in such a way that the impact of the said stieam of material against the said impact face (15) at the said predetermined impact location (T), at the said predetei'mined angle (β), at the said impact velocity (v^ act ) which is determined by the angular velocity (Ω), is not significantly disturbed by interference. 45. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating a vacuum in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotating impact member are disposed. 46. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating an excess pressure in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotating impact member are disposed. 47. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating a low temperature in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotating impact member are disposed. 48. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating a high temperature in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotating impact member are disposed. 49. Method according to Claims 45 to 48, in which two or more of the methods are combined. 50. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating a subatmospheric pressure in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member, the said rotating impact member and the said stationary impact member are disposed. 51. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating a vacuum in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member, the said rotating impact member and the said stationary impact member are disposed. 52. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating an excess pressure in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member, the said rotating impact member and the said stationaiy impact member are disposed. 53. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating a low temperature in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member, the said rotating impact member and the said stationary impact member are disposed. 54. Method according to one of the preceding claims, comprising the step of: - creating a high temperature in the chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member, the said rotating impact member and the said stationaiy impact member are disposed. 55. Method according to Claims 50 to 54, in which two or more of the methods are combined. 56. Method according to one of the preceding claims for making a material collide in an autogenous manner in a system which is horizontally disposed and rotates about a vertical shaft, with the aid of a moving collision means, comprising the steps of: - metering a first part (I) of the said material onto the said metering face (3), in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O); - metering a second part (II) of the said material in such a manner that the said material is guided in free fall in a vertical path past the front of the said stationaiy impact member (18); - hitting the said first part (I) of the said material which has collided once with the said second part (LI) of the said material; - striking the said collided first part (I) and second part (II) of the said material against the said stationary impact member (18). 57. Method according to Claim 25, the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said delivery location (7) being at least 10%, divided by the number of guide members (8), greater than the said conesponding radial distance to the said central inlet (9). 58. Method according to Claim 25, the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said delivery location (7) being at least 20%, divided by the number of guide members (8), greater than the said conesponding radial distance to the said cential inlet (9). 59. Method according to Claim 25, the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said delivery location (7) being at least 30%, divided by the number of guide members (8), greater than the said conesponding radial distance to the said cential inlet (9). 60. Method according to Claim 35, the radial lines from the axis of rotation (O) to the said delivery end (168), with respect to the radial line on which is situated the location of the pivot point (99), during the movement towai'ds the front and towai'ds the rear, describing an angle towai'ds the front (+ξ) of at most 3°, and describing an angle towards the rear (-ξ) of at most 3°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor. 61. Method according to Claim 35, the radial lines from the axis of rotation (O) to die said deliveiy end (168), with respect to the radial line on which is situated the location of the pivot point (99), during the movement towards the front and towards the rear, describing an angle towards the front (+ξ) of at most 5°, and describing an angle towards the rear (-ξ) of at most 5°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor. 62. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said take-off velocity (v abs ), which can be prescribed with the aid of the angulai' velocity (Ω) and at which the stream of material leaves the said guide member (8), being at least 5 metres per second, when seen from a stationary viewpoint 63. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said take-off velocity (v abs ), which can be prescribed with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω) and at which the stream of material leaves the said guide member (8), being at least 10 meties per second, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. 64. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said take-off velocity (v te ), which can be prescribed with the aid of the angulai- velocity (Ω) and at which the stieam of material leaves the said guide member (8), being at least 15 metres per second, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 65. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said predetermined take-off angle (α), which is formed by the said straight stieam (R) which the said material describes at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), and the tangent (t w ) on the periphery (C) which the said guide member (8) describes, being at least 10°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 66. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said predetermined take-off angle ( ), which is formed by the said straight stream (R) which the said material describes at the instant at which the said stieam of material comes off the said guide member (8), and the tangent (t w ) on the periphery (C) which the said guide member (8) describes, being at least 20°, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. 67. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said predetermined take-off angle (α), which is formed by the said straight stream (R) which the said material describes at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), and the tangent (t w ) on the periphery (C) which the said guide member (8) describes, being at least 30°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 68. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said radial velocity component (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ), at the instant at which the said stieam of material comes off the said guide member (8), being at least 20% of the said transverse velocity component (v ( ). 69. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said radial velocity compo- nent (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ), at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), being at least 30% of the said transverse velocity component (v t ). 70. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said radial velocity compo- nent (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ), at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), being at least 40% of the said transverse velocity component (v t ). 71. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said radial velocity component (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ), at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), being at least 50% of the said transverse velocity component (v t ). 72. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the relationship between the radial distance (i' j ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said deliveiy end (11) and the conesponding radial distance (r c ) to the end point of the cential feed (9) essentially satisfying the equation: where for a radially disposed guide member (8): in which: r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member r c = the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the cential feed merges into the guide face α = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angular velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves r the said guide member, and, on die other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member α 0 = the included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location where the stream of material leaves the guide member and the movement of the stream of material at the moment at which it leaves the guide member 73. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the radial distance (r t ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said delivery end (11) being at least 20% greater than the conesponding radial distance (r 0 ) to the start point of the central feed (9). 74. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the radial distance (r x ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said delivery end (11) being at least 33 greater than the conesponding radial distance (r 0 ) to the start point of the central feed (9). 75. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the radial distance (r^ from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said delivery end (11) being at least 50% greater than the conesponding radial distance (r 0 ) to the start point of the central feed (9). 76. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the hit location (T) being at least 50% greater than the said conesponding radial distance (r χ ) at which the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8). 77. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the hit location (T) being at least 100% greater than the said conesponding radial distance fr j ) at which the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8). 78. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the guide member (8) and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the path (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said impact member (8) intersect one another being at least 20°. 79. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the guide member (8) and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the path (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said impact member (8) intersect one another being at least 30°. 80. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said angle (θ) between the radial line (48) on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (8) and the radial line (49) on which is situated the location (T) where the stream (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said rotating impact member (14) intersect one another essentially satisfying the equation: pcosα cosα θ = arctan psinα + rj J "f rT in which: θ = included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material (S) leaves (r x ) the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S) stiikes the rotating impact member (r), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along and on the understanding that a negative value of this angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said guide member. r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said stream of the said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotating impact member intersect one another i' j = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angulai' velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r χ ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member f = the ratio of, on the one hand, the magnitude of the velocity of the location on the guide member where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) and, on the other hand, the magnitude of the component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material parallel to the tip velocity, i.e. the product of cos(α) and the magnitude of the absolute velocity (v abs ) on leaving the said guide member f = ■ abs cosα ' tip p = the path covered by the said as yet uncollided stream of material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material strikes the said rotating impact member with the proviso that a negative value of the said angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said first rotating impact member and the said guide member. 81. Method according to Claim 80, in which, in the event that a grain is accelerated along the said guide member (8), the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location where the said material leaves (r χ ) the said guide member (8) is calculated as the said radial distance (r,) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said deliveiy end (11) of the said guide member (8), increased by half the diameter of the said grain. 82. Method according to Claims 80 and 81 , the said calculated angle (θ) being coπected, with the aid of figures to be determined empirically, for the effects of the air resistance, the force of gravity and the self-rotation of the said material, when the said material moves through the said first spiral stieam (S). 83. Method according to Claim 18, the angle (θ 2 ) between the radial line on which is situated the said first location and the radial line on which is situated the said second location essentially satisfying the equation: θ 2 in which: r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the second location r χ = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the first location α = the included angle, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint and when seen from the axis of rotation, between, on the one hand, the velocity of the first location (tip velocity), which is calculated as the product of the angulai' velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the first location (r χ ), and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said first portion of the said as yet uncollided material on leaving the said first location f = the ratio, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint and when seen from the axis of rotation, between, on the one hand, the magnitude of the velocity of the first location on the first guide member (tip velocity) and, on the other hand, the magnitude of the component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said first part of the said as yet uncollided material parallel to the tip velocity, which is calculated as the product cos(α) and the magnitude of the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said first part of the said as yet uncollided material on leaving the first location on the first guide member α f = ' abs cos ' tip p = the distance covered by the said as yet uncollided material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided material stiikes the said impact member with the proviso that a negative value of the angle (θ 2 ) indicates a direction of rotation in the opposite direction to the direction of rotation of the said first location and the said second location. 84. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impact velocity (V bn acl ) at which the said material strikes the said moving impact member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said moving impact member, being at least 50% greater than the said take-off velocity (v abs ) at which the said material leaves the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 85. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impact velocity (V taι act ) at which the said material strikes the said moving impact member, when seen from a viewpoint with moves together with the said moving impact member, being at least 100% greater than the said take-off velocity (v abs ) at which the said material leaves the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 86. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impact velocity (V^ act ) at which the said material strikes the said moving impact member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said moving impact member, being at least 200% greater than the said take-off velocity (v abs ) at which the said material leaves the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 87. Method according to one of the preceding claims, in which, for a defined angular velocity (Ω) - the said radial distance (r 0 ) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said centi'al feed (9); - the said radial distance (r χ ) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8) and - the said radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (T) where the said as yet uncollided material is hit for the first time by the said rotating impact member (14) are selected so that the said as yet uncollided material is hit for the said first time by the said rotating impact member (14) at an impact velocity (V^ act ) which can be selected. 88. Method according to one of the preceding claims, in which, for a specific - said radial distance (r 0 ) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said central feed (9); - said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8), and - said radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (T) where the said as yet uncollided material is hit for the first time by the said rotating impact member (14), the angular velocity (Ω) is selected so that the said material is hit for the said first time by the said rotating impact member (14) at an impact velocity (V hn act ) which can be selected. 89. Method according to Claims 87 and 88, the impact velocity (V^ act ) at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material (S) being hit with the aid of the said rotating impact member (14) essentially satisfying the equation: V impact = Vr 2 + r 2 θ 2 in which: cosφ v abs cosα θ = a r l COSα - p + η sinα psin α+η f* abs " p cosα v abs cosα φ = arctan psinα+η ' tip P = rι • cos α - sin α - ? + 2r 1 sinα + p^ ' tip = Ωη V^ act = relative velocity at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material sti'ikes the said impact face, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member θ = included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material (S) leaves (r χ ) the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material (S) stiikes the rotating impact member (r), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along and on the understanding that a negative value of this angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said guide member. f = radial component of the said impact velocity j -ø = transverse component of the said impact velocity v at>s = arjso l u te velocity of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint v ( . = peripheral velocity of the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) α = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angular velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r χ ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said stream of the said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotating impact member intersect one another r χ = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member p = the path covered by the said as yet uncollided stieam of material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material stiikes the said rotating impact member Ω = the angulai' velocity of the rotor φ = the angle between the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (the said tip of the said guide member), when seen from a stationaiy position at the moment at which the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member, and the radial line to the location where the said as yet uncollided material hits the said rotating impact member for the first time, when seen from a stationaiy position 90. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) being directed slightly inwards, when seen in the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stieam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14), at the location of the impact is greater than 90°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 91. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impact face ( 15) of the said rotating impact member (14) being directed slightly inwards, when seen in the plane of die rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral sti'eam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14), at the location of the impact is gi'eater than 92,5°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 92. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) being directed slightly inwai'ds, when seen in the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stieam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14), at the location of the impact is gi'eater than 95°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 93. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) being directed slightly downwards, when seen from the plane directed peφendicular to the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β'") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stream (S) at the location of the impact is gi'eater than 90°, when seen from a viewpoint with moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 94. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) being directed slightly downwards, when seen from the plane directed peipendiculai' to the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β'") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stream (S) at the location of the impact is greater than 92,5°, when seen from a viewpoint with moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 95. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) being directed slightly downwards, when seen from the plane directed peφendicular to the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β'") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stream (S) at die location of d e impact is greater than 95°, when seen from a viewpoint with moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 96. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said impact face (15), at the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S), with the aid of the said rotating impact member, hits the said impact face (15), when seen in the plane of the rotation, and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14), forming an included angle (β') with a line (34) which is directed peφendicular to the said radial line (35) on which is situated the location where the said stream of material (S) leaves the said guide member (8), which included angle (β ') essentially satisfies the equation: β' = arctan in which: θ P = r ι i cos α - sin α p cosα f _ v a b cos α φ = arctan psinα+η V t ,p ' tip = ΩI β ' = the said included angle with the said impact face, at the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material hits the said impact face, when seen in the plane of the rotation, and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member, forms with the line which is directed peipendiculai' to the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member abs : absolute velocity of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint v u = peripheral velocity of the said location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) α = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angular velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r x ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said stream of the said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotating impact member intersect one another r l = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member θ = included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S) leaves (r x ) the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material (S) strikes the rotating impact member (r), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along and on the understanding that a negative value of this angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said guide member. p = the path covered by the said as yet uncollided stieam of material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material strikes the said rotating impact member Ω = the angulai' velocity of the rotor φ = the angle between the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (the said tip of the said guide member), when seen from a stationaiy position at the moment at which the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member, and the radial line to the location where the said as yet uncollided material hits the said rotating impact member for the first time, when seen from a stationaiy position 97. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impacts of the said as yet uncollided stream of material against the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) taking place at an angle (β) which is as far as possible peφendicular, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 98. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impacts of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material against the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) taking place at an angle (β) of between 75° and 85°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 99. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the impacts of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material against the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) taking place at an angle (β) of between 80° and 85°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14). 100. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the design and the geometry of the said guide member (8)(194) and of the said rotating impact member (14)(196) being mutually adapted to the shift (192) towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, of the said spiral stream (S) which the said material moves through between the said guide member (8)(194) and the said rotating impact member (14)(196), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotating impact member (14)(196), which shift (192) occurs owing to weai- (195) to the said guide face (10)(193), and particularly at the said delivery end (11)(199), and specifically being adapted in such a manner that, in the event of wear (37)(195) to the said guide member (8)(194), the said impact face (15)(36) always lies in the said spiral stream (S) of the said material. 101. Method according to Claim 100, the design and the geometry of the said guide member (8) and of the said rotating impact member (14) being mutually adapted in such a manner that they wear away entirely as far as possible at the same time. 102. Method according to Claims 101 and 102, the said rotating impact member (14) being positioned in such a way with respect to the said axis of rotation and being curved in the longitudinal direction towai'ds the rear, when seen in the said direction of rotation, in such a manner that the potential loading which is exerted by the said material on the said guide face during the acceleration is virtually constant, so that the wear along the said guide face (10) develops in a regular manner, so that the original curvature is virtually retained. 103. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said stationary impact member (16) being equipped with at least one collision face (17). 104. Method according to Claim 103, the said collision face (46) being made from hard metal, which hard metal collision face (46) is directed virtually transversely to the straight stieam (R r ) which the said material which has collided once describes when it comes off the said rotating impact member (14), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint 105. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said collision face (18) being formed by a bed of the same material (18), which collision face (18) is directed at the straight stream (R r ), which the said material which has collided once describes when it comes off the said rotating impact member (14), when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 106. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said collision face (46)(47) being disposed in such a manner in the said straight stream (R r ) which the said material describes when it comes off the said rotating impact member (14) that the said impacts of the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material against the said collision face (46)(47) take place at an angle which is as peφendicular as possible, when seen from the plane of the rotation and when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 107. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said collision face (46)(47) being disposed in such a manner in the said straight stream (R r ) which the said material describes when it comes off the said rotating impact member (14) that the said impacts of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material against the said collision face (46)(47) take place at an angle of between 75° and 85°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 108. Method according to one of the preceding claims, the said collision face (46)(47) being disposed in such a manner in the said stiaight stream (R r ) which the said material describes when it comes off the said rotating impact member (14) that the said impacts of the said as yet uncollided stream of material against the said collision face (46)(47) take place at an angle of between 80° and 85°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 109. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of breaking granular material. 110. Method according to one of die preceding claims, with the aim of breaking granular material with a grain size distiibution which can be selected. 111. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of comminuting paniculate material to a veiy great fineness. 112. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of comminuting paniculate material to an ultiafine level. 113. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of freeing sunounded minerals from material. 114. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of comminuting material, for the puφose of carrying out laboratory research. 115. Method according to one of d e preceding claims, with the aim of sorting granular materials on the basis of hardness. 116. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of sorting gi'anular materials on the basis of elasticity. 117. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of classifying granular materials. 118. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of treating the surface of granular material. 119. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of cleaning the surface of granular material. 120. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of accelerating particles and granular material. 121. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of mixing at least two materials. 122. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of testing the material for hardness. 123. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of testing material for impact loading. 124. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of testing material with regard to air resistance. 125. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of simulating an impact of a material against an object. 126. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of simulating an impact of an object. 127. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of simulating an impact of an object against an object. 128. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of treating the surface of an object. 129. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of treating an object. 130. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of deforming the surface of an object. 131. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of cleaning an object. 132. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of applying a layer to the surface of an object. 133. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of working the surface of an object. 134. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of deforming an object. 135. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of testing the surface hardness of an object. 136. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of testing d e surface of an object under impact loading. 137. Method according to one of the preceding claims, with the aim of testing an object under impact loading. 138. Method according to Claims 109 to 137, in which at least two of the objectives are combined. 139. Device for carrying out the methods according to one of the preceding claims, comprising: - at least one rotor (52) which can rotate about a central, vertical axis of rotation (O); - at least one guide member (58)(217), which is supported by the said rotor (52)(207)(229) and is provided with a cential feed (59), a guide face (60) and a delivery end (61), for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stieam of material which, in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O), is metered onto the said rotor (52), which guide member (58) extends in the direction of the external edge (201) of the said rotor (52); - at least one impact member (64) (227) (236), which is associated with the said guide member (58) and can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O), which rotatable impact member (64) is equipped with an impact face (65) which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (58), and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location (W) at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (58), the position of which impact face (65) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (58) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said essentially deterministic stieam (S) of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material and die path (C) of the said impact face (65) intersect one another in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stream (S) and the said path (C) intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face (65), which impact face (65) is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the said spiral stieam (S) which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (64). 140. Device for caπying out the methods according to one of the preceding claims, comprising: - at least one rotor (52) which can rotate about a centi'al, vertical axis of rotation (O); - at least one guide member (58)(217), which is supported by the said rotor (52) (207) (229) and is provided with a centi'al feed (59), a guide face (60) and a delivery end (61), for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stream of material which, in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O), is metered onto the said rotor (52) which guide member (58) extends in the direction of the external edge (201) of the said rotor (52); - at least one first rotatable impact member (424), which is associated with the said guide member (58) and can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O), which first rotatable impact member (424) is equipped with a first impact face (425) which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (58), and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location (W) at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves die said guide member (58), the position of which first impact face (425) is determined by selecting the angle (θ') between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (58) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said essentially deterministic stream (S ') of the said as yet uncollided stream of material and the path (C) of the said first impact face (425) intersect one another in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stieam (S') and the said path (C) intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said first impact face (425), which first impact face (425) is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stieam (S 1 ) which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said first rotatable impact member (424); - at least one second impact member (64)(227)(236), which is associated with the said guide member (58) and can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O), which second rotatable impact member (64) is equipped with a second impact face (65) which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said stream of material which has collided once leaves the said guide member (58), and at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location (W) at which the said stream of material which has collided once leaves the said guide member (58), the position of which second impact face (65) is determined by selecting the angle (θ") between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said stream of material which has collided once leaves the said guide member (58) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said essentially deterministic stieam (S") of the said stieam of material which has collided once and the path (C") of the said second impact face (65) intersect one another in such a manner that the anival of the said material which has collided once at the location where the said stream (S") and the said path (C) intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said second impact face (65), which second impact face (65) is directed virtually transversely, when the seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stream (S') which the said material which has collided once describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said second rotatable impact member (64). 141. Device for carrying out the method according to one of the preceding Claims 139 and 140, comprising: - at least one rotor which can rotate about a cential, vertical axis of rotation, which rotor is provided with a first rotor blade (332) with an opening (333) in the centre, which first rotor blade (332), on its periphery, rests by means of a radial bearing (334) on the casing of a dram (335); - at least three wheels (337) which support the said first rotor blade (332), which wheels (337) are mounted around a vertical shaft (550) in the said first rotor blade (332), the circumference (551) of the said wheels (337) rolling, in a supporting manner, along a running track (340) which is attached against the casing on the inner side of the said drum (335); - at least one motor (339) which is connected to the said vertical shaft (550) of one of the said wheels (337); - a second rotor blade (330), which is positioned beneath the first rotor blade (332) and has a smaller diameter than the first rotor blade (332) and is supported by the said first rotor blade (332); - at least one guide member (331), which is supported by the said second rotor blade (330) and is provided with a centi'al feed, a guide face and a delivery end for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stieam of material which is metered onto the said second rotor blade (330), which guide member (331) extends in the direction of the external edge of the said second rotor blade (330); - at least one impact member (552), which is associated with the said guide member (331) and can rotate about the said axis of rotation, which rotatable impact member (552) is equipped with an impact face (553) which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (331), and at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (331), the position of which impact face (553) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (331) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said essentially deterministic stream of the said as yet uncollided stream of material and the path of the said impact face (553) intersect one another in such a manner that the arrival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stieam and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face (553), which impact face (553) is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stream which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (552); - the said rotatable impact member (552) is connected to the shaft (550) of the said wheel (337), which rotatable impact member (552) is equipped with a rotationally symmetrically, vertically disposed, cylindrical impact face (553). 142. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 141, the said rotor being provided with a shaft. 143. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 142, the said rotor bearing at least one arm, from which the said rotatable impact member is suspended. 144. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 143, comprising: - at least one shaft (51) which can rotate about a central, vertical axis of rotation, which shaft (51) bears a rotor (207), with a first rotor blade (211) and a second rotor blade (214) situated directly beneath it, which first rotor blade (211) has a greater diameter than the second rotor blade (214), and is provided in the cential part with an opening (212) for metering material onto the said second rotor blade (214); - at least one guide member (217), which is supported by the said second rotor blade (214) and is provided with a cential feed (121), a guide face (122) and a delivery end (219), for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stream of material, which is metered onto the said second rotor blade (214), which guide member (217) extends in the dii'ection of the external edge of the said second rotor blade (214); - at least one impact member (227), which is associated with the said guide member (217), can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O) and is attached along the bottom edge of the said first rotor blade (211) at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) which is greater than the conesponding radial distances to the said delivery end (219), which impact member (227) is equipped with an impact face (222) which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (217), and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (217), the position of which impact face (222) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (217) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said deterministic sti'eam (S) of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material and the path of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stieam (S) and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face (222), which impact face is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stream (S) which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (227). 145. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 144, comprising: - at least one shaft (291) which can rotate about a central, vertical axis of rotation, which shaft (291) has a rotor (288), with a first rotor blade (290) and a second rotor blade (289) situated directly beneath it, which first rotor blade (290) has approximately the same diameter as the second rotor blade (289), and is provided in the central part with an opening (292) for metering material onto the said second rotor blade (289), the second rotor blade (289) being supported by the said first rotor blade (290), which first rotor blade (290) is connected to the shaft (291) by at least one connecting piece (298); - at least one guide member (294), which is disposed between the said first rotor blade (290) and the said second rotor blade (289) and is supported by the said first rotor blade, the said second rotor blade or both rotor blades, and is provided with a central feed, a guide face and a delivery end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stieam of material which is metered onto the said second rotor blade (289), which guide member (294) extends in the direction of the external edge of the said rotor (288); - at least one impact member (276), which is associated with the said guide member (294), can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O), is disposed between the said first rotor blade (290) and die said second rotor blade (289) and is supported by the said first rotor blade, the said second rotor blade or both rotor blades, at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) which is gi'eater than the conesponding radial distances to the said delivery end, which impact member is equipped with an impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, the position of which impact face is deteιτnined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said deterministic stieam (S) of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material and the path of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stieam (S) and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face, which impact face is directed virtually trnasversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stieam (S) which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member. 146. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 145, a segment-shaped portion (301) being taken out of the said second rotor blade (289) along the edge (299) of the second rotor blade (289), along the front of the said impact face (300), so that the said material is not impeded when it is guided out of the said rotor (288) from the said impact face (300). 147. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 146, comprising: - at least one shaft (376), which can rotate about a central, vertical axis of rotation, which shaft bears at least three rotor blades situated directly beneath one another, of which the top rotor blade (557) has a greater diameter than the following rotor blades (554)(555), both of which have an identical diameter, all the rotor blades (557)(554), except for the lowest rotor blade (555), being provided in die central part with an opening (556) for metering portions of the said stieam of material onto the following rotor blades (554)(555); - at least one guide member (379)(383) associated with each following rotor blade (554)(555), each following rotor blade (554)(555) being equipped with an identical number of guide members (379)(383), which guide members (379)(383) are supported by the said following rotor blades (554)(555) and are disposed directly above one another on the said respective rotor blades (554)(555), each guide member (379)(383) being provided with an identical centi'al feed, an identical guide face and an identical delivery end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said portions of the said stieam of material which are metered onto the said following rotor blades (554)(555), which guide member (379)(383) on each following rotor blade (554)(555) extending, in the same way, from the same radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O), in the direction of the external edge of the said rotor blades (554)(555); - at least one impact member (380)(384), which is associated with the said guide members (379)(383) positioned directly above one another, can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O) and is attached along the bottom edge of the said top rotor blade (557), at a radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) which is greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said delivery end, which impact member (380)(384) is equipped with an impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which are situated the locations where the said as yet uncollided streams of material (S)(S') leave the said guide members (379)(383), and at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided streams of material leave the said guide members (379)(383), the position of which impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location, when seen from a horizontal plane, where the said as yet uncollided streams of material (S)(S') leave die said guide members (379)(383) and the radial line on which is situated the location, when seen from a horizontal plane, where the said deterministic streams of the said porti- ons of the said as yet uncollided material (S)(S') and the path of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the anival of the said as yet uncollided streams of material (S)(S') at the location where the said streams and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face, which impact face is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral streams which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact members (380)(384). 148. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 147, comprising: - at least two shafts which can rotate in opposite directions about a coinciding, central vertical axis of rotation, the first shaft (559) supporting a first, upper rotor (567) and the second shaft (558) supporting a second rotor (560) which is positioned directly beneath the said first rotor; - at least one guide member (567), which is supported by the said upper rotor (566) and is provided with a centi'al feed, a guide face and a delivery end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stream of material which, in a region close to the said axis of rotation (O), is metered onto the said upper rotor (566), which guide member (567) extends in the direction of the external edge of the said upper rotor (566); - at least one first rotatable impact member (420), which is associated with the said first guide member (267), can rotate about the said axis of rotation and is supported by an aim which is supported by the rotor, which first rotatable impact member is equipped with a first impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member, the po sition of which first impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said first deterministic stream of the said as yet uncollided first part of the said material and the path of the said first impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stieam of material at the location where the said stream and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said first impact face, which impact face is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the first spiral sti'eam which the said as yet uncollided first part of the said material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said first guide member, and is directed slightly obliquely downwards in the direction of the horizontal plane between the said first and the said second rotor; - a second rotor (560), which rotates in the opposite direction to the said first rotor (267) and is equipped with at least one second rotatable impact member (421), which second rotatable impact member (421) is supported by the said second rotor (560) and is suspended freely along the outside of the edge of the said second rotor (560), which second rotatable impact member is equipped with an impact face which lies entirely beneath the said first impact face and is disposed at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation which is equal to or greater than the corresponding radial distance to the said first impact face. 149. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 148, comprising: - two shafts which can rotate in opposite directions about a coinciding, centi-al, vertical axis of rotation, the first shaft supporting a first upper rotor (408) and the second shaft supporting a second rotor (409), which is located directly beneath the said first rotor; - a first rotor (408) which bears two rotor blades, the diameter of the upper rotor blade being gi'eater than the diameter of the lower rotor blade, with an opening in the centie of both rotor blades, which opening in the said upper rotor blade has a gi'eater diameter than in the said lower rotor blade, which lower rotor blade bears at least one first guide member, which first guide member is provided with a central feed, a guide face and a deliveiy end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering a first part of the said stieam of material which is metered onto the said lower rotor blade which first guide member extends in the direction of the external edge of the said first rotor blade; - at least one first impact member (411), which is associated with the said first guide member, can rotate about the said axis of rotation and is attached along the bottom edge of the said upper rotor blade, which first impact member is equipped with a first impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stieam of material leaves the said first guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stieam of material leaves the said first guide member, the position of which first impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stieam of material leaves the said first guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said first deterrninistic stream of the said as yet uncollided first part of the said material and the path of the said first impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided first part of the said sti'eam of material at the location where the said sti'eam and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the arrival at the same location of the said first impact face, which first impact face is directed virtually tiansversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the first spiral sti'eam which the said as yet uncollided first part of the said material describes, when seen from a viewpoint with moves together with the said first guide member, and is directed slightly obliquely downwards in the direction of the horizontal plane between the said first and the said second rotor; - a second rotor (409), with a diameter equal to the said upper rotor blade, which is equipped with at least one second guide member, the number of second guide members being identical to the number of first guide members, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said second part of the said stream of material which is metered onto the said second rotor, which second guide member extends in the direction of the external edge of the said second rotor and is designed identically to and is disposed on the said second rotor in the same way, but inversely, and at the same radial distances from the axis of rotation as the said first guide member, so that the said first and the said second guide member, when they are situated directly above one another, form a minor image of one another; - at least one second rotatable impact member (412), which is associated with the said second guide member and is equipped with a second impact face, which second rotatable impact member is designed identically to, but inversely, and is disposed on the said second rotor at the same radial distances from the said axis of rotation as the said first impact member, entirely beneath the first impact face, so that the said first and the said second impact members, when they are situated directly above one another, form a minor image of one another, in such a manner that the said impact face of the said second impact member is directed slightly obliquely upwards, in the direction of the horizontal plane between the said first rotor and the said second rotor, oppositely to the said first impact face. 150. Device for carrying out the method according to Claims 139 to 149, comprising: - at least one rotor (360) which can rotate about a central, vertical axis of rotation, which rotor is provided with a shaft; - at least one first guide member (362), which is supported by the said rotor (360) and is provided with a central feed, a guide face and a first delivery end (366), for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering a first part of the said sti'eam of material (361) which is metered onto the said rotor (360), which first guide member (363) extends in the direction of die external edge of the said rotor (360); - at least one second guide member (364), which is supported by the said rotor (360) and is provided with a central feed, a guide face and a second deliveiy end (365), for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering a second part of the said stieam of material (362) which is metered onto the said rotor (360), which second guide member (364) extends in the direction of the external edge of the said rotor (360), the said second deliveiy end (365) of the said second guide member (364) lying at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the said first delivery end (366), which second guide member (364), when seen in the direction of rotation, lies behind the said first guide member (363), in such a manner that, on rotation of the rotor (360), a first material stream (361) and a second material stieam (362) form, which collide with one another outside (369), when seen from the axis of rotation, the said second guide member (264). 151. Device according to Claims 139 and 150, comprising: - at least one stationaiy impact member, which stationary impact member is disposed in the straight stream (R c ) which the said material describes when it comes off the said rotatable impact member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, at a location which is outside at least one side of a cylindrical space defined by the said rotatable impact member. 152. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 151, comprising: - at least one shaft which can rotate about a central, vertical axis of rotation, which shaft bears a rotor, with a first rotor blade and a second rotor blade situated directly beneath it, which first rotor blade has a gi'eater diameter than the second rotor blade and is provided in the cential part with an opening for metering material onto the said second rotor blade; - at least one guide member, which is supported by the said second rotor blade and is provided with a central feed, a guide face and a delivery end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stream of material, which is metered onto the said second rotor blade, which guide member extends in the direction of the external edge of the said second rotor blade; - at least one impact member, which is associated with the said guide member, can rotate about the said axis of rotation and is attached along the bottom edge of the said first rotor blade, at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation which is greater than die conesponding radial distances to the said delivery end, which impact member is equipped with an impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member, the position of which impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves die said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said deteiministic stream of the said as yet uncollided stream of material and the path of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided material at the location where the said stieam and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face, which impact face is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stream which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said guide member; - at least one stationaiy impact member (224), which impact member is disposed in the straight stieam (R c ) which the said material describes when it comes off the said rotatable impact member (227), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, at a location outside at least one side of a cylindrical space defined by the said rotatable impact member (227). 153. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 152, comprising: - at least one shaft which can rotate about a central, vertical axis of rotation, which shaft bears an upper rotor (446) and at least one following rotor (447) situated directly beneath it, which following rotor has a diameter which is less than, equal to or gi'eater than the upper rotor; - at least one guide member (451), which is associated with the said upper rotor (446), is supported by the said upper rotor and is provided with a centi'al feed, a guide face and a delivery end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said sti'eam of material which is metered onto the said upper rotor, which upper guide member extends in the direction of the external edge of the said upper rotor; - at least one upper impact member (448), which is associated with the said upper guide member (451) and is supported by the said upper rotor, which upper impact member is equipped with an impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said upper guide member and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said upper guide member, the position of which impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said upper guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said deterministic stream of the said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material at the location where the said stieam and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said impact face, which impact face is directed virtually transversely, when seen in die plane of the rotation, to the spiral stream which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said upper guide member; - at least one upper stationaiy impact member (563) which is associated with the said upper rotor (446), which upper stationaiy impact member is disposed in the straight stieam which the said material describes when it comes off the said moving upper impact member, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, at a location which is outside at least one side of a cylindrical space which is defined by the said upper impact member and in which the said upper impact member rotates; - a take-up member (564), in the form of a stationaiy funnel which is disposed, centrically around the said axis of rotation, with the inlet beneath the upper stationary impact member, with the edge of the inlet at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation which is gi'eater than or equal to the conesponding radial distance to the said upper stationaiy impact member, with the outlet, which is situated at a lower level, centrically above the following rotor, with the edge of the said outlet at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation which is less than the conesponding radial distance to the said following guide member; - at least one following guide member (454), which is associated with the said following rotor (447), is supported by the said following rotor and is provided with a cential feed, a guide face and a deliveiy end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stream of material which is metered from the said upper rotor onto the said following rotor, which following guide member extends in the direction of the external edge of the said following rotor, it being possible to select the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the cential feed and the conesponding distance to the said delivery end of the said following guide member to be less than, equal to or gi'eater than those of the said upper guide member; - at least one following impact member (448), which is associated with the said following guide member (454) of the said following rotor and is supported by the said following rotor, which following guide member is equipped with an impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said stream of material which has collided with the said upper rotor leaves the said following guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location where the said stream which has collided with the said upper rotor leaves the said following guide member, the position of which impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said stream of material which has collided with the said upper rotor leaves the said following guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said deteiministic stieam of the said material which has collided with the said upper rotor and the path of the said impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the anival of the said stieam of material which has collided with the said upper rotor at the location where the said stieam and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the anival at the same location of the said impact face, which impact face is directed virtually tiansversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral sti'eam which the said material which has collided with the said upper rotor describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said following guide member, it being possible for the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the said moving following collision means to be less than, equal to or greater than that of the said upper collision means; - at least one following stationary impact member (565) which is associated with the said following rotor (447), which following stationary impact member is disposed in the stiaight stieam which the said material describes when it comes off the said moving following impact movement, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, at a location which is outside at least one side of a following cylindrical space which is defined by the said following impact member and in which the said following impact member rotates, it being possible to select the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the said following stationary impact member to be less than, equal to or greater than that of the said upper stationary impact member. 154. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 153, comprising: - metering means (200)(208)(209)(230)(245) for metering at least one stieam of one type of material or metering the said stieam of material in portions. 155. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 154, comprising: - a metering face (53)(213) which is supported by the said rotor (52)(214) and is disposed in the cential region of the said rotor (52)(214), close to the axis of rotation (O) of the rotor (52)(214). 156. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 155, comprising: - metering means for metering at least one stream of one type of material or metering the said stieam of material in portions onto the said metering face. 157. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 156, comprising: - metering means for metering, in the vertical direction, a portion of the said material from at least one location above the annular region outside the cylindrical space which is formed by the said rotatable impact member, when seen from the axis of rotation, onto a location at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is less than the conesponding radial distance to the said stationaiy impact member. 158. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 157, comprising: - two shafts which can rotate in opposite directions about a coinciding, cential, vertical axis of rotation, at the same angular velocity, the first shaft supporting a first upper rotor (390) and the second shaft supporting a second rotor (391) which is situated directly beneath the said first rotor; - a first rotor (390) which supports two rotor blades, the diameter of the upper rotor blade being greater than the diameter of the lower rotor blade, with an opening in the centre of both rotor blades, which opening in the said upper rotor blade has a greater diameter than in the said lower rotor blade, which lower rotor blade bears at least three identical first guide members (394), which first guide members are each provided with a cential feed, a guide face and a delivery end, for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering a first part of the said stieam of material which is metered onto the said lower rotor blade, which first guide member extends in the direction of the external edge of the said first rotor blade; - at least one first rotating impact member (395), which is associated with each of the said first guide members (394), can rotate about the said axis of rotation and is attached along the bottom edge of the said upper rotor blade, which first rotating impact member is equipped with a first impact face which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member, and at a greater radial distance from the said axis of rotation than the location at which the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stream of material leaves the said first guide member, the position of which first impact face is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stieam of material leaves the said first guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said first deterministic stream of the said as yet uncollided first part of the said material and the path of the said first impact face intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided first part of the said stream of material at the location where the said stream and the said path intersect one another is synchronized with the aπival at the same location of the said first impact face, which first impact face is directed virtually transversely, when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the first spiral sti'eam which the said as yet uncollided first part of the said material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said first guide member, and is directed slightly obliquely downwards in the direction of the horizontal plane between the said first and the said second rotor; - a second rotor (391), with a diameter equal to the said upper rotor (390), which is equipped with at least as many second guide members (398) as first guide members (395), for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said second part of the said stream of material which is metered onto the said second rotor, which first guide member extends in d e dii'ection of the external edge of the said second rotor and is designed identically to and is disposed on the said second rotor in the same way, but inversely, and at the same radial distances from the axis of rotation as the said first guide member, so that the said first guide member and the said second guide member, when they are situated directly above one another, form a minor image of one another; - at least one second rotating impact member (399) which is associated with the said second guide member (398), which second rotatable impact member is designed identically to, but inversely, and is disposed on the said second rotor at the same radial distances from the said axis of rotation as the said first impact member, entirely behind the first impact face, so that the said first impact member and the said second impact member, when they are situated directly above one another, form a minor image of one another, in such a manner that the said impact face of the said second impact member is directed slightly obliquely upwards, in the direction of the horizontal plane between the said first and the said second rotor, oppositely to the said first impact face; - a number of collision areas (404) for making the said first portion of the said material which has collided once and is moving on along the said first straight stream (400) collide in an autogenous manner with the said second portion of the said material which has collided once and is moving on along the said second straight stream (401), at autogenous hit locations (402), which collision areas are disposed regularly around the said axis of rotation and are positioned around the plane between the said first rotor (390) and the said second rotor (391) and around each of the radial lines on which is situated the location of the said first rotating impact member and the said second rotating impact member at the instant at which they are situated directly above one another, when seen from a horizontal plane, at a radial distance from the said axis of rotation which is greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said impact member, the number of collision areas (404) conesponding to the number of impact members; - at least one stationaiy impact member (405) associated with each of the said collision areas (404), which is disposed around the said collision area (404) at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is gi'eater than the conesponding radial distance to the said autogenous hit location (402). 159. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 158, comprising: - metering means along which a third portion of the said material is metered vertically, which metering means are disposed above the said collision areas. 160. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 159, comprising: - at least one preliminary guide member (257), which is associated with the said guide member (217) and is supported by the said rotor (255), for the preliminary guidance of the said metered stieam of material from the said metering face (53) in the direction towai'ds the cential feed (260) of a guide member (58), which central inlet (218) is supported by the said rotor (255) and is situated at a distance from the said axis of rotation (O), which preliminary guide member (257) is provided with a preliminaiy guide face (262) which extends from a cential inlet (258) in a direction, which is essentially opposite to the direction of rotation of the said rotor (255), towai'ds a delivery location (263) which is at a greater radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) than the central inlet (258), which preliminary guide face (262) as far as possible follows the outside, when seen from the axis of rotation (O), of the natural spiral stream (S c ) which the material describes, at that location, on the said rotatable metering face (53), the location of the said cential inlet (258) coinciding with the location of the said cential feed (259) and the distance between the said delivery location (263) and the said central feed (260) being at least sufficiently great for the said stream of material to be able to be fed without hindrance to the said central feed (260). 161. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 160, comprising: - at least one guide member (58)(217)(234), which is supported by the said rotor (52)(207)(229)(246) and is provided with a central feed (59), a guide face (60) and a delivery end (61), for respectively feeding, guiding, accelerating and delivering the said stream of material which is metered onto the said rotor (52), which delivery end (61) is situated behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the said cential feed (59), which central feed (59) is situated at such a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) and is of such a length (£ c ) that the said stieam of material is taken up by the said centi'al feed (59), which guide member (58), which extends from the edge of the said metering face (53) in the direction of the external edge of the said rotor (52), can be rotated at an angulai' velocity (Ω) which is at least sufficiently gi'eat, and has a guide face (60) with a length (i ) which is at least sufficiently gi'eat, for the radial distance (r x ) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said end of the said delivery end (61) to be at least sufficiently greater than the conesponding radial distance to the said start of the said central feed (59) for the said stream of material to be guided, from a predeteimined takeoff location (W) on the said delivery end (61) at a predeteimined take-off angle (α) which is greater than 0°, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, in an essentially deterministic straight stieam (R), when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint, and in an essentially deterministic spiral stieam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said guide member (58). 162. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 161, the said centi'al feed (481) extending, by means of the cential feed face, towards the edge of the rotor and being designed in the longitudinal direction with a radial feed face (482), with a straight feed face (484) which is directed towai'ds the rear, in the direction of rotation, or with a curved feed face which is directed towai'ds the rear (485) or towai'ds the front (484), in the direction of rotation. 163. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 161 and 162, the guide face (486) extending towai'ds the edge of the rotor and being designed in the longitudinal direction with a radial guide face (487), with a straight guide face (488) which is directed towards the rear, in the direction of rotation, or with a curved guide face (489) which is directed towai'ds the rear, in the direction of rotation. 164. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 161 to 163, the delivery end (490) extending towards the edge of the rotor and being designed in the longitudinal direction with a radial delivery face (491), with a sti'aight delivery face (492) which is directed towards the rear, in the direction of rotation, or with a curved delivery face (493) which is directed towards the rear, in the direction of rotation. 165. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 161, the guide member being designed with a layered stracture with at least five successive horizontal layers from the bottom upwards, which layers alternately have a high wear resistance and a less high wear resistance, the top layer and the bottom layer having a high wear resistance. 166. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 161 to 165, the layers from the bottom upwards not being disposed horizontally, but rather slightly inclined with respect to the plane of the rotation, the minimum angle at which the layers are disposed with respect to the plane of the rotation essentially satisfying the equation: D ε = arctan — g in which: ε = the angle at which the layers, which are stacked on top of one another, of a guide member are disposed with respect to the plane of the rotation D' = the diameter of die granular material £ = the minimum length of the guide face, which is given as die difference between the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r c ) to the location where the cential feed merges into the guide face and the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the guide face merges into the delivery end it being prefened to dispose the guide members obliquely downwards in the direction of the external edge of the rotor. 167. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 161 to 166, the said guide member (280) having a type of S-shape and extending in the direction of the edge of the said rotor (279), the said central feed (282) being situated at such a radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) and being of at least such a length (£ c ) that the said stream of material (S c ) is taken up by the said centi'al feed (282) and extends, from the edge of the said metering face (53), as far as possible in line with the said natural spiral stieam (S c ) which the said material describes at that location on the said metering face (53), in a direction which is increasingly radial and cuived towards the front, when seen in the direction of rotation, which forwardly curved central feed (282) gradually merges into a stiaight guide face (283), which is directed obliquely towai'ds the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, and extends further outwards, when seen from the direction of rotation, which straight, rearwardly directed guide face (283) merges into a delivery end (284) which is curved towai'ds the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, in such a manner that the location (95) where the said guide face (283) merges into the said curved delivery end (284) lies behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (94) at which the central feed (282) merges into the said guide face (283), the curvature of the said delivery end (284) extending as far as approximately the location (96) where the said material, in a natural manner, comes off the said guide member (280), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said guide member (280). 168. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 161 to 167, the said guide member (270) being of pivoting design and being connected to the said rotor (271) by means of a vertical pivot (272) at a distance from the said axis of rotation (O), with the vertical pivot point (273) at a radial distance (278) from the said axis of rotation (O) which is less than the conesponding radial distance to the mass centre (274) of the said pivoting guide member (270). 169. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 168, the said guide member (270) being of pivoting design and being connected to the said rotor (271) by means of a vertical pivot (272) at a distance from the said axis of rotation (O), with the vertical pivot point (273) at a radial distance (278) from the said axis of rotation (O) which is less than the conesponding radial distance to the mass centre (274) of the said pivoting guide member (270), in such a manner that the said delivery end, during the rotating movement of the said guide member, in the plane of the rotation, can move slightly backwards and forwards, when seen in the direction of rotation and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said pivot point, the magnitude of which movement forwards and backwards can be given by the forwardly directed angle (-ξ) and the backwardly directed angle (+ξ), which the radial lines from the said axis of rotation to the said moving delivery end describe in the process with respect to the conesponding radial line on which is situated the pivot point, the magnitude of which angles (+/-ξ) can be predetei'mined by selecting the distance between the said pivot point and the said mass centie and by limiting the pivoting movement, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said pivot point. 170. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 169, comprising: - a subsequent guide member (306), which is provided with a subsequent guide face (63), which subsequent guide member (62) is supported by the said rotor (255) and is disposed between the said delivery end (306) and the said impact face (307), with the said subsequent guide face (63) along at least a section of at least one side of the said spiral stream (S) which the said material describes between the said delivery end (306) and the said impact face (307), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (308). 171. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 170, comprising: - at least one impact member (64)(220)(236), which is associated with the said guide member (58)(217)(234), can rotate about the said axis of rotation (O) and is supported by the said rotor (52)(207)(229)(246), which rotatable impact member (64) is equipped with an impact face (65) which lies entirely behind, when seen in the direction of rotation, the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (58) and at a gi'eater radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) than the location (W) at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (58), the position of which impact face (65) is determined by selecting the angle (θ) between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (58) and the radial line on which is situated the location where the said essentially deteiministic stieam (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said impact face (65) intersect one another in such a manner that the aπival of the said as yet uncollided stream of material at the location where the said stieam (S) and the said path (C) intersect one another is synchronized with the anival at the same location of the said impact face (65), which impact face (65) is directed virtually tiansversely, slightiy inwards, when seen from the said axis of rotation (O) and when seen in the plane of the rotation, to the spiral stieam (S) which the said as yet uncollided material describes, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (64), the angle (θ) having an unambiguous relationship with die radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) to the said impact face (65). 172. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 171 , comprising: - at least one stationaiy separating member in the forni of a separating plate which is disposed along the bottom of the cylindrical space which is described by the rotating guide member at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is at least as great as the conesponding radial distance to the said rotating guide member. 173. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 172, comprising: - at least one separating member in the form of a separating plate which is disposed along the bottom of the cylindrical space which is described by the rotating guide member at a radial distance from the axis of rotation which is at least as great as the conesponding radial distance to the said rotating guide member, which sepai'ating plate is supported by the rotor. 174. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 173, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotatable impact member are disposed and in which a reduced pressure can be created. 175. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 174, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotatable impact member are disposed and in which a vacuum can be created. 176. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 175, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotatable impact member are disposed and in which an excess pressure can be created. 177. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 176, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotatable impact member are disposed and in which a low temperature can be created. 178. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 177, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member and the said rotatable impact member are disposed and in which a high temperature can be created. 179. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 178, in which two or more of the devices are combined. 180. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 179, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member with the said associated rotatable impact member and stationaiy impact member, are disposed and in which a vacuum can be created. 181. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 180, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member with the said associated rotatable impact member and stationaiy impact member, are disposed and in which an excess pressure can be created. 182. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 181 , comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member with the said associated rotatable impact member and stationaiy impact member, are disposed and in which a low temperature can be created. 183. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 182, comprising: - a chamber in which the said rotor, the said guide member with the said associated rotatable impact member and stationaiy impact member, are disposed and in which a high temperature can be created. 184. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 174 to 183, in which two or more of the devices are combined. 185. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 155, the said metering face being designed as a flat face. 186. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 155, the said metering face being designed as an upright cone. 187. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 155, the said metering face comprising obliquely positioned faces, the number of faces conesponding to that of the number of guide members which are mounted on the rotor blade. 188. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 155, the said metering face being designed as a cavity in which a bed of the same material accumulates, functioning as an autogenous receiving disc. 189. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 188, the rotor being designed with spiral channels which, from a location close to the said axis of rotation, gradually increase in depth, which channels as far as possible follow the said natural spiral movement which the said material describes on the said rotor blade, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said metering face, and extend towards the said edge of the said rotor blade in the direction of the said centi'al feed. 190. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 189, the curvature of the spiral channels initially, in the region close to the said axis of rotation, as far as possible following the said natural spiral movement which the said material describes on the said rotor blade, when seen from a viewpoint which moves togetiier with the said rotor blade, which spiral, as it moves further away from the axis of rotation, extends more radially in the direction of the edge of the rotor and then begins to follow the spiral stieam which the said material would describe if it were not being guided. 191. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 189 and 190, the said curvature of the said preliminaiy guide face describing an Archimedes' spiral. 192. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 191, the height of the said guide face gradually increasing, from the said central inlet, in the direction of the said delivery location. 193. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 192, the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said deliveiy location (7) being at least 10%, divided by the number of guide members (8), gi'eater than the said conesponding radial distance to the said central inlet (9). 194. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 192, the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said delivery location (7) being at least 20%, divided by the number of guide members (8), greater than the said conesponding radial distance to the said cential inlet (9). 195. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 192, the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said delivery location (7) being at least 30%, divided by the number of guide members (8), greater than the said conesponding radial distance to the said cential inlet (9). 196. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 195, the said rotor (265) bearing at least two guide members (217)(266), the radial distances (123)(124) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said respective central feeds (125)(126) not all being equal. 197. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 196, the said rotor (265) bearing at least two guide members (217)(266), the radial distances (268)(269) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said respective centi'al inlets (133)(134) not all being equal. 198. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 197, the said rotor bearing at least two guide members, the radial distances from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said respective central deliveiy ends not all being equal. 199. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 169, the radial lines from the axis of rotation to the said delivery end, during the movement towards the rear, describing an angle (+ξ) with respect to the radial line on which is situated the pivot point of at most 3°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor. 200. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 169, the radial lines from the axis of rotation to the said delivery end, during the movement towai'ds the rear, describing an angle (+ξ) with respect to the radial line on which is situated the pivot point of at most 3°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor. 201. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 169, the radial lines from the axis of rotation to the said delivery end, during the movement towards the front, describing an angle (-ξ) with respect to the radial line on which is situated the pivot point of at most 5°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor. 202. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 169, the radial lines from the axis of rotation to the said delivery end, during the movement towai'ds the front, describing an angle (-ξ) with respect to the radial line on which is situated the pivot point of at most 5°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor. 203. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 202, the take-off velocity (v abs ), which can be prescribed with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω) and at which the said stieam of material leaves the said guide member (58)(217), being at least 5 metres per second, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 204. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 202, the take-off velocity (v abs ), which can be prescribed with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω) and at which the said stieam of material leaves the said guide member (58)(217), being at least 10 metres per second, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 205. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 202, the take-off velocity (v abs ), which can be prescribed with the aid of the angular velocity (Ω) and at which the said stieam of material leaves the said guide member (58) (217), being at least 15 meties per second, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. 206. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 205, the said predetermined take-off angle (α), which is formed by the said stiaight sti'eam (R s ) which the said material describes at the moment at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (217) and the tangent (t w ) against the periphery (C) which the said delivery end (61)(219) describes, being at least 10°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 207. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 205, the said predetermined take-off angle (α), which is formed by the said stiaight stream (R s ) which the said material describes at the moment at which the said stieam of material comes off the said guide member (217) and the tangent (t w ) against the periphery (C) which the said delivery end (61)(219) describes, being at least 20°, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint 208. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 205, the said predeteimined take-off angle (α), which is formed by the said stiaight stieam (R s ) which the said material describes at the moment at which the said sti'eam of material comes off the said guide member (217) and the tangent (t w ) against the periphery (C) which the said delivery end (61)(219) describes, being at least 30°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 209. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 208, in which, at the instant at which the said stieam of material comes off the said guide member (8), the said radial velocity component (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ) is at least 20% of the said transverse velocity component (v t ). 210. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 208, in which, at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), the said radial velocity component (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ) is at least 30% of the said transverse velocity component (v t ). 211. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 208, in which, at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), the said radial velocity component (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ) is at least 40% of the said transverse velocity component (v t ). 212. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 208, in which, at the instant at which the said stream of material comes off the said guide member (8), the said radial velocity component (v r ) of the take-off velocity (v abs ) is at least 50% of the said transverse velocity component (v t ). 213. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 212, the width (£ c ) of the said spiral stream (S c ) at the location of the cential feed (9), i.e. the difference between the radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the start point of the said cential feed (9) and the conesponding radial distance to the end point of the said cential feed (9), defining the length (£ c ) of the said centi'al feed (9), which length (£ ) essentially satisfies the equation: c Ω in which: £ c = minimum length of the central feed, which is given as the difference between the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r 0 ) to the location where the cential feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation and the radial distance from the axis of rotation (r c ) to the location where the cential feed merges into the guide face χ = the angle between the radial line on which is situated the location where the central feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation and the radial line on which is situated the location where the material hits the guide member which follows in the direction of rotation V a = the radial velocity component of the grain on the rotor at a radial distance (r 0 ) from the axis of rotation where the cential feed is situated closest to the axis of rotation Ω = the angulai' velocity of the rotor 214. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 213, the relationship between the radial distance from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said delivery end (11) and the conesponding radial distance (r c ) to the end point of the central feed (9) essentially satisfying the equation: where for a radially disposed guide member (8): -=VT tan α in which: r χ = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member r = the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the location where the central feed merges into the guide face α = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angular velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncolhded stream of material on leaving the said guide member α 0 = the included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location where the stream of material leaves the guide member and the movement of the stream of material at the moment at which it leaves the guide member 215. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 214, the radial distance (r χ ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said delivery end (11) being at least 20% gi'eater than the conesponding radial distance (r 0 ) to the start point of the central feed (9). 216. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 214, the radial distance (r χ ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said delivery end (11) being at least 33 % greater than the conesponding radial distance (r 0 ) to the start point of the cential feed (9). 217. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 214, the radial distance (i' j ) from the axis of rotation (O) to the end point of the said delivery end (11) being at least 50% greater than the conesponding radial distance (r 0 ) to the start point of the central feed (9). 218. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 217, the said guide member being composed of the following components: a centi'al feed, a guide face and a delivery end. 219. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 218, the radial distances from the axis of rotation (O) to respectively the start point of the cential feed, to the end point of the cential feed, the start point of the guide face to the end point of the guide face and from the start point of the delivery end to the end point of the delivery end being different. 220. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 218, the radial distances from respectively the start point of the cential feed to the end point of the central feed, the start point of the guide face to the end point of the guide face and from the start point of the delivery end to the end point of the delivery end being virtually identical. 221. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 220, at least one of the said components being disposed separately from the other components on the rotor blade. 222. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 221 , at least one of the said components being pivotably connected to the rotor. 223. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 222, at least one of the said components of the said guide member being made from hard metal. 224. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 223, at least one of the said components of the said guide member being made from ceramic. 225. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 224, at least one of the said components of the said guide member being made from a plurality of materials. 226. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 225, at least one of the said components of the said guide member having a layered structure. 227. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 226, at least one of the said components of the said guide member being foi ed by a vane structure, in which, during the rotation, an autogenous guide comprising a bed of the same material accumulates under the influence of the centrifugal force. 228. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 227, at least one of the said components of the said guide member, along the guide edge, in the vertical direction, not being of straight design. 229. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 228, at least one of the said components of the said guide member, along the guide edge, in the vertical direction, being of hollow design. 230. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 229, the width of at least one of the said components of the said guide member, when seen in the direction of rotation, increasing towai'ds the rear, as the distance from the axis of rotation increases. 231. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 230, the width of at least one of the said components of the said guide member, when seen in the direction of rotation, increasing progressively towards the rear, as the distance from the axis of rotation increases. 232. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 231, the width of at least one of the said components of the said guide member, when seen in the direction of rotation, increasing towards the rear, as the distance from the axis of rotation increases, specifically in such a manner that the said components, over the course of time, wear away uniformly, i.e. completely. 233. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 232, the top end of at least one of the said components of the said guide member being of inclined design, transversely to the said guide face. 234. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 233, the radial length, along at least one end face of one of the said components of the said guide member, when seen in the direction of rotation, increasing towards the rear. 235. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 234, the radial length along at least one end face of one of the said components of the said guide member, when seen in the direction of rotation, decreasing towai'ds the rear. 236. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 235, the radial length along at least one end face of one of the said components of the said guide member, when seen in the direction of rotation, decreasing progressively towards the rear. 237. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 236, the said guide member being designed in the form of a tube. 238. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 237, the said guide member being designed in the form of a sleeve. 239. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 238, the said guide member being designed in the form of an indentation in the surface of the rotor. 240. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 218 to 239, the preliminaiy guide member, the guide member and the subsequent guide member forming, as it were, a single unit. 241. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 240, the said guide member being fixedly connected to the rotor. 242. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 240, the said guide member being pivotably connected to the rotor. 243. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 242, the said rotor, per rotating impact member, bearing more than one guide member associated with the said impact member, which guide members are directed at the said guide member. 244. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 243, not all the guide members being of identical type. 245. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 244, different materials being guided along the various guide members. 246. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 245, different quantities of material being guided along the various guide members. 247. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 246, the said rotor (265) bearing at least two rotatable impact members (138)(220)(267), the radial distances (139)(140)(141)(268) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said respective rotatable impact members (138) (220) (267) not all being equal. 248. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 247, the said rotating impact member being supported by the said rotor. 249. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 248, the said rotating impact member being supported along the edge of the said rotor. 250. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 248, the said rotating impact member being supported on the edge of the said rotor. 251. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 248, the said rotating impact member being supported beneath the edge of the said rotor. 252. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 248, the said rotating impact member with the said impact segment being attached pivotably along the edge of the said rotor, in such a manner that the said impact face of the said impact segment can move outwards, towards the front and towards the rear, in the plane of the rotation, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotor. 253. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 248 to 252, the said rotating impact member being provided with a hard metal impact face. 254. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 248 to 252, the said rotating impact member being designed in the form of an elongate impact block which is directed towai'ds the rear, in the direction of rotation, with the impact face on the top end which is directed at the direction of rotation. 255. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 248 to 252, the said rotating impact member being designed rotatably with a rotationally symmetiical impact face. 256. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 255, the said angle (θ) between the radial line (48) on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (8) and the radial line (49) on which is situated the location (T) where the sti'eam (S) of the said as yet uncollided material and the path (C) of the said rotating impact member (14) intersect one another essentially satisfying the equation: ' pcosα ' cosa θ = arctan - p- sina + rj f ii in which: θ = included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S) leaves (r χ ) the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material (S) stiikes the rotatable impact member (r), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along and on the understanding that a negative value of this angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said guide member. r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said stream of the said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotatable impact member intersect one another r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member α = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angulai' velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member f = the ratio of, on the one hand, the magnitude of the velocity of the location on the guide member where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) and, on the other hand, the magnitude of the component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material parallel to the tip velocity, i.e. the product of cos(α) and the magnitude of the absolute velocity (v abs ) on leaving the said guide member f _ v abs cos α tip p = the path covered by the said as yet uncollided stream of material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material stiikes the said rotatable impact member with die proviso that a negative value of the said angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said first rotatable impact member and the said guide member. 257. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 255, in which, in the event that a grain is accelerated along the said guide member (8), the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location where the said material leaves (r ) the said guide member (8) is calculated as the said radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said deliveiy end (11) of the said guide member (8), increased by half the diameter of the said grain. 258. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 256 and 257, the said calculated angle (θ) being conected, with the aid of figures which can be determined empirically, for the effects of the air resistance, the force of gravity and the self -rotation of the said material, when the said material runs through the said first spiral stream (S). 259. Device according to Claim 150, the angle (θ 2 ) between the radial line on which the said first location is situated and the radial line on which the said second location is situated essentially satisfying the equation: θ 2 = in which: r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the second location r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the first location α = the included angle, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint and when seen from the axis of rotation, between, on the one hand, the velocity of the first location (tip velocity), which is calculated as the product of the angulai' velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the axis of rotation to the first location (r χ ), and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said first portion of the said as yet uncollided material on leaving the said first location f = the ratio, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint and when seen from the axis of rotation, between, on the one hand, the magnitude of the velocity of the first location on the first guide member (tip velocity) and, on the other hand, the magnitude of the component of the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said first part of the said as yet uncollided material parallel to the tip velocity, which is calculated as the product cos(α) and the magnitude of the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said first part of the said as yet uncollided material on leaving the first location on the first guide member f = V ab g cosα Vtip p = the distance covered by the said as yet uncollided material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided material strikes the said impact member with the proviso that a negative value of the angle (θ 2 ) indicates a direction of rotation which is opposite to the direction of rotation of the said first location and the said second location. 260. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 259, the impact velocity (V ω act ) at which the said material strikes the said rotatable impact member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member, being at least 50% gi'eater than the said take-off velocity (v abs ) at which the said material leaves the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 261. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 259, the impact velocity (V nn act ) at which the said material strikes the said rotatable impact member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member, being at least 100% gi'eater than the said take-off velocity (v abs ) at which the said material leaves the said guide member, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. 262. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 259, the impact velocity (V mι act ) at which the said material stiikes the said rotatable impact member, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member, being at least 200% gi'eater than the said take-off velocity (v abs ) at which the said material leaves the said guide member, when seen from a stationaiy viewpoint. 263. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 262, in which, for a defined angular velocity (Ω): - the said radial distance (r 0 ) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said central feed (9); - the said radial distance (r χ ) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8), and - the said radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (T) where the said as yet uncollided material is hit for the said first time by the said rotatable impact member (14) are selected in such a manner that the said as yet uncollided material is hit for the said first time by the said rotatable impact member ( 14) at an impact velocity ( V ) which can be selected. 264. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 263, in which, for a specific: - radial distance (r 0 ) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said centi'al feed (9); - radial distance from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (W) where the said as yet uncollided material leaves the said guide member (8), and - radial distance (r) from the said axis of rotation (O) to the said location (T) where the said as yet uncollided material is hit for the first time by the said rotatable impact member (14) the angular velocity (Ω) is selected in such a manner that the said material is hit for the said first time by the said rotatable impact member (14) at an impact velocity (V. ) which can be selected. 265. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 264, the impact velocity (V^ ac( ) at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material (S) is hit with the aid of the said rotatable impact member (14) essentially satisfying the equation: V impact = Vr 2 +r 2 θ 2 in which: cosφ v abs cosα p + η sin α θ = V abs -i cosα - r = v psinα+η frl abs " P = r ι - sin α = - /r 1 2 + 2r 1 psinα + p 2 ' tip Ωri ^i mpact = native velocity at which the said as yet uncolhded stream of material stiikes the said impact face, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member θ = included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S) leaves (r χ ) the said guide member and the radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S) stiikes the rotatable impact member (r), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along and on the understanding that a negative value of this angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said guide member, r = radial component of the said impact velocity j -ø = transverse component of the said impact velocity v abs = absolute velocity of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint v ( . = peripheral velocity of the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) α = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angulai' velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of die said as yet uncolhded stream of material on leaving the said guide member r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said stream of the saiα as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotatable impact member intersect one another i' j = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member p = the path covered by the said as yet uncollided stieam of material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material strikes the said rotatable impact member Ω = the angulai' velocity of the rotor φ = the angle between the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (the said tip of the said guide member), when seen from a stationary position at the moment at which the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member, and the radial line to the location where the said as yet uncollided material hits the said rotating impact member for the first time, when seen from a stationary position 266. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 265, the impact face (15) of the said rotatable impact member (14) being directed slightly inwards, when seen in the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stieam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14), at the location of the impact is greater than 90°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 267. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 265, the impact face (15) of the said rotatable impact member (14) being directed slightly inwai'ds, when seen in the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stieam (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14), at the location of the impact is greater than 92,5°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 268. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 265, the impact face (15) of the said rotatable impact member (14) being directed slightly inwards, when seen in the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stream (S), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14), at the location of the impact is greater than 95°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 269. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 268, the said impact face (15) of the said rotatable impact member (14) being directed slightly downwards, when seen from the plane directed peipendiculai' to the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β'") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stream (S) at the location of the impact is greater than 90°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 270. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 268, the said impact face (15) of the said rotatable impactmember (14) being directed slightly downwards, when seen from the plane directed peφendicular to the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β' M ) which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stream (S) at the location of the impact is greater than 92,5°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 271. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 268, the said impact face (15) of the said rotatable impact member (14) being directed slightly downwards, when seen from the plane directed peφendicular to the plane of the rotation, in such a manner that the said angle (β'") which the said impact face (15) forms with the said spiral stream (S) at the location of the impact is greater than 95°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 272. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 271, the said impact face (15), at the location where the said as yet uncollided sti'eam of material (S) hits the said impact face (15) with the aid of the said rotatable impact member, when seen in the plane of the rotation and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14), forms an included angle (β') with a line (34) which is directed peipendicular to the said radial line (35) on which is situated the location where the said stieam of material (S) leaves the said guide member (8), which included angle (β') essentially satisfies the equation: β' = arctan in which: pcosα cosα θ = arctan p sin α + η rT P = ii ■ - cos α - sin α p cosα f =. V abs cosα φ = arctan psin α+r j ' tip = Ωr, ' tip β ' = the said included angle with the said impact face, at the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material hits the said impact face, when seen in the plane of the rotation, and when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member, forms with the line which is directed peipendiculai' to the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member v abs = absolute velocity of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member, when seen from a stationary viewpoint v B = peripheral velocity of the said location where the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity) = the included angle between, on the one hand, the velocity of the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (tip velocity), equal in size to the product of the angular velocity (Ω) and the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided material leaves (r χ ) the said guide member, and, on the other hand, the absolute velocity (v abs ) of the said as yet uncollided stream of material on leaving the said guide member r = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said stieam of the said as yet uncollided material and the path of the said rotatable impact member intersect one another r χ = the radial distance from the said axis of rotation to the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member θ = included angle between the radial line on which is situated the location (W) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S) leaves (ι- j ) the said guide member and die radial line on which is situated the location (T) where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material (S) stiikes the rotatable impact member (r), when seen from a viewpoint which moves along and on the understanding that a negative value of this angle (θ) indicates a rotation in the opposite direction to the rotation of the said guide member. p = the path covered by the said as yet uncollided stieam of material from the said location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member to the said location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material strikes the said rotatable impact member Ω = the angular velocity of the rotor φ = the angle between the said radial line on which is situated the location where the said as yet uncollided stieam of material leaves the said guide member (the said tip of the said guide member), when seen from a stationary position at the moment at which the said as yet uncollided stream of material leaves the said guide member, and the radial line to the location where the said as yet uncollided material hits the said rotatable impact member for the first time, when seen from a stationaiy position 273. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 272, the impacts of the said as yet uncollided stream of material against the said impact face (15) of the said rotatable impact member (14) taking place at an angle (β) which is as far as possible peφendicular, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 274. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 272, the impacts of the said as yet uncollided stream of material against the said impact face ( 15) of the said rotating impact member (14) taking place at an angle (β) of between 75° and 85°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 275. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 272, the impacts of the said as yet uncollided stieam of material against the said impact face (15) of the said rotating impact member (14) taking place at an angle (β) of between 80° and 85°, when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (14). 276. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255, the said impact face being of stiaight design. 277. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255, the said impact face, in the horizontal plane, being of singly curved design. 278. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255, the said impact face, in the vertical plane, being of singly curved design. 279. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255, the said impact face being of doubly curved design. 280. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255, the said impact face being of hollow design. 281. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255, the said impact face being of round design. 282. Device for canying out die methods according to Claims 253 to 255 and 276 to 281, the peripheral shape of the said impact face being adapted to the shape of the impact pattern of the said material. 283. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255 and 276 to 281, the peripheral shape being of rectangular design. 284. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255 and 276 to 281, the peripheral shape being of non-rectangular design. 285. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 253 to 255 and 276 to 281, the peripheral shape being of asymmetrical design. 286. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 254, the said elongate impact block, in the longitudinal direction, being curved towards the rear, in the direction of rotation, along a shaft in the plane of the rotation. 287. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 286, the said shaft of the said impact block lying in line with the spiral stieam which the said material describes in this plane. 288. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 286, the shaft of the said impact block lying in line with the spiral stream which most of the said material describes. 289. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 287 and 288, the shaft being conected for the said shift of the said spiral path which occurs as a result of wear along the said guide face of the said guide segment. 290. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 288, the shaft essentially following the circular movement which the said impact block describes during the rotation, and the said impact face as a whole, in the longitudinal direction, having the shape a ring segment. 291. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 286 to 290, the said impact block being composed of discs. 292. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 255, the said rotatable impact member being designed with a rotationally symmetrical impact face, in the shape of a cylinder with a rotational shaft. 293. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 292, the said rotational shaft of the said cylinder lying in the plane of the rotation and being disposed tiansversely to the direction of rotation. 294. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 292 and 293, the said cylinder being designed as a cone which widens towards the outside, when seen from the axis of rotation. 295. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 293, the said rotational shaft of the said cylinder being disposed vertically. 296. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 255, the said rotatable impact member being designed with a rotationally symmetrical impact face, which impact face has the shape of a round disc, with the said shaft in line with the said spiral path. 297. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 292 to 296, the said shaft being provided with a water bearing. 298. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 276 to 297, the said impact face being made from more than one type of material. 299. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 298, the said type of material or the said types of material having the same hardness as, or being harder than, the said material which stiikes the said impact face. 300. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 298 and 299, the said types of material having different impact wear resistances. 301. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 298 to 300, the said material of the said impact segment having the highest impact wear resistance in the region where the impacts are concentrated. 302. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 276 to 301, the said impact segment being provided along the said impact face with at least one opening in the form of a cavity. 303. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 276 to 302, the said impact segment being provided along the said impact face with at least one groove. 304. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 276 to 303, the said impact face being disposed in a box stracture with the opening on the side of the said impact face, so that a hollow space is produced around the said impact face and the edge of the said box structure. 305. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 304, the design and the geometry of the said guide member (58) and of the said rotatable impact member (64) being mutually adapted to the shift towards the rear, when seen in the direction of rotation, of the said spiral sti'eam (S) which the said material runs through, between the said guide member (58) and the said rotatable impact member (64), when seen from a viewpoint which moves together with the said rotatable impact member (64), which shift occurs owing to wear to the said guide face (10)(60)(122), and particularly at the said delivery end (11)(61)(219), and specifically are adapted in such a manner that, in the event of wear to the said guide member (58), the said impact face (15)(65)(222)(238) always lies in the said spiral stream (S) of the said material. 306. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 305, the design and the geometry of the said guide member and of the said moving impact member being mutually adapted in such a manner that they wear away completely as far as possible at the same time. 307. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 305 and 306, the said guide face being positioned in such a manner with respect to the said axis of rotation and being curved, in the longitudinal direction, towards the rear, when seen in the said direction of rotation, in such a manner that the potential loading which is exerted by the said material on the said guide face during the acceleration is virtually constant, so that the weai- develops in a regular manner along the said guide face, i.e. the weai' along the said guide face between the said cential feed and the said delivery end is virtually constant, so that the original curvature is virtually maintained. 308. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 307, in which, along the top in front of the said impact face, when seen in the direction of rotation, the said impact face is provided with at least one slot-shaped opening, above which slot-shaped opening an air guidance member is ananged, in the form of a sleeve, with the opening transverse to the direction of rotation, the outlet being formed by the said slot-shaped opening, in such a manner that the air is led into the said air guidance member and blows from the top downwards along the said impact face at great speed. 309. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 308, in which, in addition to the said stream of granular material, a water jet is directed onto the said impact face, which water jet is generated by the rotating movement of the rotor. 310. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 309, in which, in addition to the said stieam of granular material, a water jet is directed along the said impact face, from the top downwards, which water jet is generated by the rotating movement of the rotor. 311. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 310, the said stationaiy impact member being formed by a hard metal collision face. 312. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 139 to 311, the said stationary impact member being formed by a collision face comprising a bed of the same material. 313. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 311, the said collision face being of straight design. 314. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 311, the said collision face being of singly curved design. 315. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 311, the said collision face being of doubly curved design. 316. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 314 and 315, the said collision face being curved in such a manner and being disposed transversely in the stiaight stream which die said material describes when it comes off the said rotatable impact member in such a manner that the said impacts of the said stream of material, which has collided once, against the said collision face take place as far as possible at a virtually peipendicular angle, when seen from the plane of rotation and when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 317. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 314 and 315, the said stationaiy collision face being curved in such a manner and being disposed transversely in the straight stieam which the said material describes when it comes off the said rotatable impact manner in such a manner that the said impacts of the said stream of material, which has collided once, against the said collision face, when seen from a stationary viewpoint, take place at an impact angle which is as far as possible identical. 318. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claims 311 to 317, the said collision face (147)(150) being curved in such a manner and being disposed transversely in the straight stream which the said material describes when it comes off the said rotatable impact member in such a manner that the said impacts of the said stream of material, which has collided once, against the said collision face take place as far as possible at an angle of 75° to 85°, when seen from a stationary viewpoint. 319. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 311 to 318, the said collision face being curved along the involute of circle of the locations on the circumference from where the said collided material is guided in a sti'aight path. 320. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 311 to 318, the said collision face being curved along successive involutes of circle which run in a flowing manner, from die top downwards, into one another, from the locations on the circumference from where the said collided material is guided in a sti'aight path. 321. Device for carrying out the methods according to Claim 312, the said bed of conesponding material being formed in a stationary, circular trough structure which is positioned with the opening directed inwards, around the outside of the cylindrical space defined by the said rotating impact member, which trough structure is attached to the wall of the crusher housing. 322. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 321, the said trough structure being vertically adjustable. 323. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 321 and 322, the baseplate of the trough structure being cut out in the shape of the involutes of circle from the location on the circumference from where the said collided material is guided in a straight path. 324. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 323, stiaight raised plates, which are curved along the involutes of circle of the cutout, being disposed on the baseplate of the trough structure, at some distance behind the cut-out involutes of circle. 325. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 311 to 320, the said bed of conesponding material being formed on a plate which is attached along the front and beneath the said hard metal collision face. 326. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 325, the said plate being removable. 327. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 321, the said bed of conesponding material being formed by at least one vertical plate, which is attached to the wall of the crusher housing, which vertical plate is curved along successive involutes of circle which pass in a flowing manner, from the top downwards, into one another, from the locations on the circumference from where the said collided material is guided in a straight path, along the bottom of which plate, along the front of the involute plane, a horizontally disposed plate is attached, in such a manner that an edge is formed on which a bed of the same material can build up against the involute plate. 328. Device for canying out the methods according to Claim 327, the said plates being removable. 329. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 321 to 328, the said stationary bed of conesponding material, at the location where the said collided material hits the said stationary bed, when seen in the plane of the rotation and when seen from a stationary viewpoint, being directed virtually peφendicular to the said straight path which the said collided material describes. 330. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 321 to 328, the said stationary bed of conesponding material foiming an impact face which is curved virtually along the involute of circle from the location on the circumference from where the said collided material is guided in a straight path. 331. Device for canying out the methods according to Claims 321 to 330, a part of the said material, along the outside of the rotor, being guided past the front of the stationary bed of the same material.

Inventors: ZANDEN JOHANNES PETRUS ANDREAS VAN DER, VAN DER ZANDEN, JOHANNES, PETRUS, JOSEPHUS
Applicants: IHC HOLLAND NV, ZANDEN JOHANNES PETRUS ANDREAS, ZANDEN ROSEMARIE JOHANNA V D, IHC HOLLAND N.V., VAN DER ZANDEN, JOHANNES, PETRUS, JOSEPHUS, VAN DER ZANDEN, ROSEMARIE
Application year: 1997
Main classification: B02C19
IPC codes: B02C13